e424b1
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
Registration
No. 333-150876
10,500,000 Shares
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. We are offering 10,500,000 shares of
our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price of our common
stock is $12.00 per share. We have received approval to list our
common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
LOPE.
Seventy-five percent (75%) of the gross proceeds from the sale
of stock in this offering, before underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be paid to our
existing stockholders as a special distribution.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 11.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
|
$
|
126,000,000
|
|
Underwriting discounts
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
8,820,000
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
11.16
|
|
|
$
|
117,180,000
|
|
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to 1,575,000 additional shares of common
stock from us at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments
of shares, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about
November 25, 2008.
Joint Book-Running Managers
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Merrill Lynch & Co.
|
BMO Capital Markets William
Blair & Company Piper Jaffray
The date of this prospectus is November 19, 2008.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. You should assume that the information contained in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may
have changed since that date.
Until December 14, 2008 (25 days after the date of
this prospectus), all dealers, whether or not participating in
this offering, that effect transactions in these securities may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
an underwriter in this offering and when selling previously
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of
the offering, but does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our common stock. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an
investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our
common stock described under Risk Factors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
us, our, and Grand Canyon
refer to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and our predecessor as
context requires.
Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
22,000 students at September 30, 2008, representing a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 52%. At
December 31, 2007, our enrollment was approximately 14,800,
85% of our students were enrolled in our online programs, and
62% of our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to a March 2008 report from the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, or NCES, these disciplines ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, estimated in its 2008-09 Career Guide that
these fields comprised over 40 million jobs in 2006, many
of which require postsecondary education credentials.
Furthermore, the BLS has projected that the education, business,
and healthcare fields will generate approximately six million
new jobs between 2006 and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of September 30, 2008,
approximately 92% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at December 31, 2007 was approximately 14,800,
representing an increase of approximately 38% over our
enrollment at December 31, 2006. Our net revenue and
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$99.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively,
representing increases of 37.7% and 42.8%, respectively, over
the year ended December 31, 2006. Our enrollment at
September 30, 2008 was approximately 22,000, representing
an increase of approximately 63% over our enrollment at
September 30, 2007. Our net revenue and operating income
for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were
$109.6 million, and $9.0 million, respectively,
representing increases of 60.1% and 305.5%, respectively, over
the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We seek to
achieve continued growth in a manner that reinforces our
reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented
educational programs that advance the careers of our students.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, or the Higher Learning Commission, and its predecessor
since 1968, and we were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. In
addition, we have specialized accreditations for certain
programs from the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and
the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic
1
Training Education. We believe that our regional accreditation,
together with these specialized accreditations, reflect the
quality of our programs, enhance their marketability, and
improve the employability of our graduates.
We were founded as Grand Canyon College, a traditional, private,
non-profit college, in 1949 and moved to our existing campus in
Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. In February 2004, several of our
current stockholders acquired Grand Canyon University and
converted it to a for-profit institution. Since then, we have
enhanced our senior management team, expanded our online
platform and programs, and initiated a marketing and branding
effort to further differentiate us in the markets in which we
operate and support our continued growth.
Industry
The United States market for postsecondary education represents
a large and growing opportunity. According to the
March 2008 NCES report, total revenue for all
degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over
$385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, according to a September 2008 NCES
report, approximately 18.0 million students were projected
to be enrolled in postsecondary institutions in 2007 and the
number was projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010. We
believe that future growth in this market will be driven, in
part, by the increasing number of job openings in occupations
that require bachelors or masters degrees, which a
November 2007 report based on BLS data has projected will grow
approximately 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016,
or nearly double the growth rate the BLS projected for
occupations that do not require postsecondary degrees. Moreover,
according to U.S. Census Bureau data, individuals with a
postsecondary degree are able to obtain a significant
compensation premium relative to individuals without a degree.
The market for online postsecondary education is growing more
rapidly than the overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by
Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research firm,
projected that from 2002 to 2007 enrollment in online
postsecondary programs increased from approximately
0.5 million to approximately 1.8 million, representing
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 30.4%. In
comparison, in September 2008 the NCES projected a compound
annual growth rate of 1.6% in enrollment in postsecondary
programs overall during the same period. We believe this growth
has been driven by a number of factors, including the greater
convenience and flexibility of online programs as compared to
ground-based programs and the increased acceptance of online
programs among academics and employers. According to a 2006
survey by the Sloan Consortium, a trade group focused on online
education, 79.1% of chief academic officers surveyed at
institutions with 15,000 or more students, most of which offer
online programs, and 61.9% of all chief academic officers
surveyed, believe that online learning outcomes are equal or
superior to traditional face-to-face instruction.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare. We believe our focused approach enables us to
develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We also proactively
provide support to students at key points during their
consideration of, and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to
enhance the probability of student enrollment and retention.
2
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields.
Complementary online capabilities and
campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among prospective students and
employers.
Experienced executive management team with strong operating
track-record. Our executive management team
possesses extensive experience in the management and operation
of publicly-traded for-profit, postsecondary education
companies, as well as other educational services businesses,
including in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings, and in online content development.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
intend to increase enrollment in existing programs within our
three core disciplines, which we believe offer ample opportunity
for growth. We also intend to continue to increase the number of
our enrollment counselors and marketing and student services
personnel to drive enrollment growth and enhance student
retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007 and have launched twelve in the first nine
months of 2008, including our first doctoral degree program. Our
new program offerings typically build on existing programs and
offer our students the opportunity to pursue their specific
educational objectives while allowing us to expand our program
offerings with only modest incremental investment.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we market our
offerings to their employees. These relationships provide leads
for our programs, build our recognition among employers in our
core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. We intend to leverage our
historical investments as we increase our enrollment, which we
believe will allow us to increase our operating margins over
time.
Risks
Affecting Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more
fully in the section entitled Risk Factors
immediately following this Prospectus Summary. In particular,
our business would be adversely affected if:
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain students as a result of the
highly competitive markets in which we operate;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements to which our business is subject, including
requirements governing the Title IV federal student
financial aid programs, state laws and regulations, and
accrediting commission requirements;
|
|
|
|
we experience any student, regulatory, reputational, or other
events that adversely affect our graduate degree offerings, from
which we currently derive a significant portion of our revenues;
|
|
|
|
we experience damage to our reputation or other adverse effects
in connection with any compliance audit; regulatory action;
investigation, including the investigation of Grand Canyon
University currently being conducted by the Office of Inspector
General of the U.S. Department of Education; or litigation,
including the pending qui tam action regarding the manner
in which we have compensated our enrollment personnel; or as a
result of negative publicity affecting us or other companies in
the for-profit postsecondary education sector;
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain key personnel needed to
sustain and grow our business;
|
|
|
|
our students are unable to obtain student loans on affordable
terms, or at all;
|
|
|
|
adverse economic or other developments affect demand in our core
disciplines; or
|
|
|
|
we are unable to develop new programs or expand our existing
programs in a timely and cost-effective manner.
|
Corporate
Information
We were formed in Delaware in November 2003 for the purpose of
acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University. Our principal
executive offices are located at 3300 West Camelback Road,
Phoenix, Arizona 85017, and our telephone number is
(602) 639-7500.
Our website is located at www.gcu.edu. The information
on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part
of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
Accreditation
We are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago,
Illinois
60602-2504;
telephone
(312) 263-0456;
website www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible
through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission does not
constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this
prospectus.
Industry
Data
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections
throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market
research, publicly available information, and industry
publications. These sources generally state that the information
they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the
information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections
are based on industry surveys and the preparers experience
in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is
no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached.
Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research
others have completed are reliable, but we have not
independently verified their findings.
4
OFFERING
SUMMARY
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
10,500,000 shares |
|
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
|
43,731,509 shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
The net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately
$111.1 million, or approximately $128.7 million if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
|
|
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we will use the proceeds of this offering to
pay a special distribution to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008, in the amount of 75% of the gross
proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this offering,
including any proceeds we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option, before underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We
intend to use the remaining proceeds to pay the expenses of this
offering and for general corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
The payment of the special distribution in the amount described
above permits a return of capital to all of our stockholders as
of the record date, and does so without significantly decreasing
our capital resources or requiring these stockholders to sell
their shares. Of the aggregate amount of the special
distribution of $94.5 million (exclusive of any amounts
that may be received from the underwriters exercise of the
over-allotment option), $50.2 million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers are deemed to exercise sole or shared
voting or investment power. These proceeds will be allocated as
set forth in the following table. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
28,471
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
28,471
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
10,371
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
1,005
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
10,378
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
50,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Special Distribution and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Special
Distribution for additional information regarding the
amount and the beneficiaries of the special distribution. |
5
|
|
|
Dividend policy |
|
Except with respect to the special distribution, we do not
anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under the heading titled Risk Factors and all other
information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
LOPE |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding
following this offering is based on the number of shares of our
common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2008, and
excludes 5,249,921 shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans. The
5,249,921 shares reserved for future issuance includes
109,329 fully vested restricted shares to be granted to
Brian E. Mueller, our Chief Executive Officer, and
733,990 fully vested and 2,595,983 unvested stock
options to be granted to employees and a director immediately
following the effectiveness of the offering at the initial
public offering price.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to 1,575,000 additional shares from us;
|
|
|
|
a 1,826-for-one split of our outstanding common stock effected
on September 29, 2008;
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A convertible preferred stock into
10,870,178 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
offering;
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series C preferred stock into 2,233,333 shares of
common stock upon the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of a warrant to purchase 909,348 shares of our
common stock for $0.58 per share, which warrant was exercised in
November 2008;
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated
bylaws immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering;
and
|
|
|
|
the rounding of all fractional share amounts to the nearest
whole number.
|
6
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our summary financial and other
data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The
statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The statement of operations and other data,
excluding period end enrollment, for each of the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, and the balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2008, have been derived from
our unaudited financial statements, which are presented
elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of
management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results
for any future period.
You should read the following summary financial and other data
in conjunction with Selected Financial and Other
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment
|
|
|
|
and per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
68,472
|
|
|
$
|
109,626
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
27,531
|
|
|
|
36,995
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
24,291
|
|
|
|
46,035
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
11,848
|
|
|
|
15,992
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
66,255
|
|
|
|
100,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
8,992
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(2,236
|
)
|
|
|
(2,156
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
7,344
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(2)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
4,476
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,885
|
|
|
|
19,133
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,189
|
|
|
|
32,097
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment
|
|
|
|
and per share data)
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,406
|
|
|
$
|
5,136
|
|
|
$
|
6,015
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
2,319
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(4)
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
7,309
|
|
|
$
|
14,568
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
11,306
|
|
|
|
19,287
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(3)
|
|
|
Adjusted(5)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
22,227
|
|
|
$
|
22,753
|
|
|
$
|
42,014
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
105,618
|
|
|
|
106,144
|
|
|
|
121,037
|
|
Capital lease obligations (including short-term)
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
32,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)(2)(3)
|
|
|
(7,457
|
)
|
|
|
(68,692
|
)
|
|
|
42,388
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, in our
financial statements that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(3) |
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we will use the proceeds of this offering to
pay a special distribution to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008, in the amount of 75% of the gross
proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this offering,
including any proceeds we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option, before underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Since
the special distribution represents distributions to existing
stockholders to be made from the proceeds of an initial public
offering, the pro forma balance sheet as of September 30,
2008 reflecting the distribution, but not giving effect to the
offering proceeds, is presented. In addition, since the amount
of the special distribution exceeds net income for the
twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008, pro forma
earnings per common share, basic and diluted, are presented for
the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine-month
period ended September 30, 2008, which amounts give effect
to the number of shares that would be required to be issued at
the initial public offering price of $12.00 per share to pay the
amount of dividends that exceeds net income for the twelve-month
period ended September 30, 2008. The pro forma balance
sheet and earnings per common share data also reflect the
exercise of the warrant to purchase 909,348 shares of our
common stock for $0.58 per share and assume the conversion
of all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock into 10,870,178 shares of common stock upon the
closing of the offering and the conversion of all outstanding
shares of Series C preferred stock into
2,233,333 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
offering. |
|
(4) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments |
8
|
|
|
|
|
incurred pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has
been terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements that are
included elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management
fees and expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer
be payable following completion of this offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core operating performance. |
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for,
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure
presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash
flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA
has limitations as an analytical tool, as discussed under
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion. |
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure, for the
periods indicated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
4,476
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
1,648
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
2,319
|
|
|
|
3,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
4,536
|
|
|
|
12,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
7,309
|
|
|
$
|
14,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with our former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, |
9
|
|
|
|
|
although the settlement includes a prepayment of future
royalties that will be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.2 million and $0.3 million for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to
the general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
For a description of the offering and pro forma adjustments, see
Capitalization. |
10
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before making an investment in our common stock, you should
carefully consider the following risks and the other information
contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements
and related notes, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and Regulation. The risks described below are those
that we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk
factors described below, and others that we did not anticipate,
could significantly and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could
decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements
governing our school could result in financial penalties,
restrictions on our operations or growth, or loss of external
financial aid funding for our students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under
federal student financial aid programs, referred to in this
prospectus as the Title IV programs, which are administered
by the U.S. Department of Education, or Department of
Education. To participate in the Title IV programs, a
school must be authorized by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education. In
addition, our operations and programs are regulated by other
state education agencies and additional accrediting commissions.
As a result of these requirements, we are subject to extensive
regulation by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education and education agencies of other states, the Higher
Learning Commission, which is our primary accrediting
commission, specialized accrediting commissions, and the
Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover the
vast majority of our operations, including our educational
programs, instructional and administrative staff, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
financial condition. These regulatory requirements also affect
our ability to open additional schools and locations, add new
educational programs, change existing educational programs, and
change our corporate or ownership structure. The agencies that
regulate our operations periodically revise their requirements
and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.
Regulatory requirements are not always precise and clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of regulatory requirements could materially adversely
affect us.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements,
we could suffer financial penalties, limitations on our
operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations
on our ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations
on or termination of our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely
affect us. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory
violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a
negative impact on our stock price and our enrollments. We
cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory
requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If the
Department of Education does not recertify us to continue
participating in the Title IV programs, our students would
lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a
condition of our continued participation in the Title IV
programs.
Department of Education certification to participate in the
Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and
institutions are thus required to seek recertification from the
Department of Education on a regular basis in order to continue
their participation in the Title IV programs. An
institution must also apply for recertification by the
Department of Education if it undergoes a change in control, as
defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be
subject to similar review if it expands its operations or
educational programs in certain ways.
Our most recent recertification, which was issued on a
provisional basis in May 2005 after an extended review by the
Department of Education following the change in control that
occurred in February 2004,
11
contained a number of conditions on our continued participation
in the Title IV programs. At that time we were required by
the Department of Education to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive certain Title IV funds under the
heightened cash monitoring system of payment (pursuant to which
an institution is required to credit students with Title IV
funds prior to obtaining those funds from the Department of
Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened
cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance
payment method. We submitted our application for recertification
in March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our
provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department
of Education did not make a decision on our recertification
application by June 30, 2008 and therefore our
participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically
extended on a month-to-month basis until the Department of
Education makes its decision. See Regulation
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Eligibility and certification procedures. There can be no
assurance that the Department of Education will recertify us
while the investigation by the Office of Inspector General of
the Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui
tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it will not
impose restrictions as a condition to approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification. If the Department of Education does not renew
or withdraws our certification to participate in the
Title IV programs at any time, our students would no longer
be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the
Department of Education could renew our certification, but
restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV
funds, limit the number of students to whom we could disburse
such funds, or place other restrictions on us. Any of these
outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments
and us.
The
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education has
commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is
ongoing and which may result in fines, penalties, other
sanctions, and damage to our reputation in the
industry.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
is responsible for, among other things, promoting the
effectiveness and integrity of the Department of
Educations programs and operations, including compliance
with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of
Inspector General performs investigations of alleged violations
of law, including cases of alleged fraud and abuse, or other
identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed
by the Department of Education. On August 14, 2008, the
Office of Inspector General served an administrative subpoena on
Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records
and information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. Based on the records
and information requested in the subpoena, we believe the Office
of Inspector General is conducting an investigation focused on
whether we have compensated any of our enrollment counselors or
managers in a manner that violated the Title IV statutory
requirements or the related Department of Education regulations
concerning the payment of incentive compensation based on
success in securing enrollments or financial aid. See
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule.
We are currently reviewing documents and emails that may be
responsive to the Office of Inspector Generals subpoena.
The outcome of the Office of Inspector General investigation may
depend in part on information contained in these materials or
any information or testimony that may be provided by former
employees or other third parties.
The Department of Education may impose fines and other monetary
penalties as a result of a violation of the incentive
compensation law and such fines and other monetary penalties may
be substantial. In addition, the Department of Education retains
the authority to impose other sanctions on an institution for
violations of the incentive compensation law. The possible
effects of a determination of a regulatory violation are
described more fully in Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Potential
effect of regulatory violations. Any such fine or other
sanction could damage our reputation and impose significant
costs on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations. We are cooperating with the Office of Inspector
General to facilitate its investigation, but
12
cannot presently predict the ultimate outcome of the
investigation or any liability or other sanctions that might
result.
We
were recently notified that a qui tam lawsuit has been filed
against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may
incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage
to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam
lawsuit that had been filed against us in August 2007, in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by
a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. All
proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal until
September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first
amended complaint, which had been filed on August 11, 2008.
The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we
violated the False Claims Act by knowingly making false
statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at
least 2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims
paid or approved, and asserts that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of
the Title IV law governing compensation of such employees,
and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. See Regulation Regulation of Federal
Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. The complaint specifically alleges that
some of our compensation practices with respect to our
enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have
violated the Title IV law governing compensation. While we
believe that our compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling
students in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within
the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in
the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the
amount of unspecified damages sustained by the federal
government in connection with our receipt of Title IV
funding, a civil penalty for each violation of the False Claims
Act, attorneys fees, costs, and interest.
A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more
individuals (a relator) on behalf of the federal
government for an alleged submission to the government of a
false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former
employee, is entitled to a share of the governments
recovery in the case. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or
her own expense on behalf of the government. In our case, the
qui tam lawsuit was initially filed under seal in August
2007 and was unsealed and served on us following the
governments decision not to intervene at this time.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices
violated the incentive compensation law, we could experience an
adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be subject
to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and could adversely affect our stock price. We cannot
presently predict the ultimate outcome of this qui tam
case or any liability that might result.
Congress
may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for the
Title IV programs, which could reduce our student
population, revenue, and profit margin.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. The Higher Education Act, which is the
federal law that governs the Title IV programs, must be
periodically reauthorized by Congress, and was most recently
reauthorized in August 2008. The new law contains numerous
revisions to the requirements governing the Title IV programs.
See Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. In addition, Congress must
determine funding levels for the Title IV programs on an
annual basis, and can change the laws governing the
Title IV programs at any time. Because a significant
percentage of our revenue is derived from the Title IV
programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or our ability or the ability of
our students to participate in the Title IV programs could
require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid
for our students and could materially decrease our student
enrollment. Such a decrease in our enrollment could have a
material adverse effect on us.
13
Congressional action could also require us to modify our
practices in ways that could increase our administrative and
regulatory costs.
If we
do not meet specific financial responsibility standards
established by the Department of Education, we may be required
to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, or we
could lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must either satisfy specific quantitative standards of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept operating restrictions as well. These
financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution
on an annual basis based on the institutions audited
financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as
if the institution undergoes a change in control. These tests
may also be applied to an institutions parent company or
other related entity. The operating restrictions that may be
placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative
standards of financial responsibility include being transferred
from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV funds
to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds. For example, when we
were recertified by the Department of Education to participate
in the Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change
in control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education reviewed our fiscal year 2004 audited financial
statements and advised us that our composite score, which is a
standard of financial responsibility derived from a formula
established by the Department of Education, reflected financial
weakness. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and
in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring
restrictions and returned us to the advance payment method.
However, if, in the future, we fail to satisfy the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards, we could
experience increased regulatory compliance costs or delays in
our receipt of Title IV funds because we could be required
to post a letter of credit or be subjected to operating
restrictions, or both. Our failure to secure a letter of credit
in these circumstances could cause us to lose our ability to
participate in the Title IV programs, which would
materially adversely affect us.
If we
do not comply with the Department of Educations
administrative capability standards, we could suffer financial
penalties, be required to accept other limitations in order to
continue participating in the Title IV programs, or lose
our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an
institution must demonstrate to the Department of Education that
the institution is capable of adequately administering the
Title IV programs under specific standards prescribed by
the Department of Education. These administrative capability
criteria require, among other things, that the institution has
an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs, has adequate procedures for disbursing
and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining
records, submits all required reports and financial statements
in a timely manner, and does not have significant problems that
affect the institutions ability to administer the
Title IV programs. If we fail to satisfy any of these
criteria, the Department of Education may assess financial
penalties against us, restrict the manner in which the
Department of Education delivers Title IV funds to us,
place us on provisional certification status, or limit or
terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, any
of which could materially adversely affect us. When we were
recertified by the Department of Education to participate in the
Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education required us to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment, due to the Department of Educations concerns
about our administrative capability combined with our financial
weakness under the Department of Educations standards of
financial responsibility.
14
We
would lose our ability to participate in the Title IV
programs if we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain
any of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education in order to
participate in the Title IV programs. We have institutional
accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which is an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet
accreditation standards relating to, among other things,
performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational
quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources, and
financial stability. We were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of 10 years. While
the Higher Learning Commission concluded that we were in
compliance with its accreditation standards, it did note certain
deficiencies to be addressed by us. See
Regulation Accreditation. In February
2009, we must file a monitoring report with the Higher Learning
Commission addressing our progress in resolving these
deficiencies. If we fail to resolve the Higher Learning
Commissions concerns, the Higher Learning Commission could
ask for another monitoring report, send a team to confirm
progress in addressing the deficiencies, or determine that we
are not making adequate progress in addressing the Higher
Learning Commissions concerns. If we fail to satisfy any
of the Higher Learning Commissions standards, or fail to
address the deficiencies noted in our last review, we could lose
our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs and could cause a significant decline in
our total student enrollments and have a material adverse effect
on us. In addition, many of our individual educational programs
are also accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or
approved by specialized state agencies. If we fail to satisfy
the standards of any of those specialized accrediting
commissions or state agencies, we could lose the specialized
accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could
result in materially reduced student enrollments in those
programs and have a material adverse effect on us.
If we
do not maintain our state authorization in Arizona, we may not
operate or participate in the Title IV
programs.
A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized
by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is
located. We are located in the state of Arizona and are
authorized by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. State authorization is also required for our students
to be eligible to receive funding under the Title IV
programs. To maintain our state authorization, we must
continuously meet standards relating to, among other things,
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial
operations, addition of new locations and educational programs,
and various operational and administrative procedures. If we
fail to satisfy any of these standards, we could lose our
authorization by the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education to offer our educational programs, which
would also cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on
us.
If a
substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV
loans as a result of decreased lender participation in the
Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or
reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they
provide, we could be materially adversely
affected.
The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market
developments and conditions, including the widespread disruption
in the credit markets, has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV loans to students, including some
lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our
students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased
the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide.
We and other schools have had to modify student loan practices
in ways that could result in higher administrative costs. If the
cost of Title IV loans increases or availability decreases,
some students may not be able to take out loans and may not
enroll in a postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new federal
legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible
students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in the
future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to
provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new
legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict if this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loans. If a
substantial number of lenders cease to participate in the
Title IV loan programs, increase the costs of student
access to such programs, or reduce the benefits available under
such programs, our students may not have access to such loans,
which could cause our enrollments to decline and have a material
adverse effect on us.
An
increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under the
Title IV programs, which include student loans with
interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some of our students finance their education
through private loans that are not subsidized. If our
students employment circumstances are adversely affected
by regional or national economic downturns, they may be more
heavily dependent on student loans. Interest rates have reached
relatively low levels in recent years, creating a favorable
borrowing environment for students. However, in the event
interest rates increase or Congress decreases the amount
available for federal student aid, our students may have to pay
higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in
interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in
educational costs to our existing and prospective students,
which could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and revenues. Higher interest rates could also
contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which
could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and our profitability. See We may lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our
student loan default rates are too high located elsewhere
in Risk Factors for further information.
Our
failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of states
other than Arizona could result in actions taken by those states
that could have a material adverse effect on our
enrollments.
Almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on
educational institutions that have physical facilities located
within the states boundaries. These regulatory
requirements establish standards in areas such as educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new
locations and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In the
future, states could coordinate their efforts in order to more
aggressively attempt to regulate or restrict schools
offering of online education.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In certain other states, we have
obtained approvals to operate as we have determined necessary in
connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. If we
fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or
authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure
or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions,
including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines,
and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state
other than Arizona could prohibit us from recruiting prospective
students or offering educational services to current students in
that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments and
revenues and materially adversely effect us.
State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of these
16
regulatory requirements or adverse changes in regulations or
interpretations thereof by regulators could materially adversely
affect us.
The
inability of our graduates to obtain a professional license or
certification in their chosen field of study could reduce our
enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to student claims
against us that could be costly to us.
Many of our students, particularly those in our education and
healthcare programs, seek a professional license or
certification in their chosen fields following graduation. A
students ability to obtain a professional license or
certification depends on several factors, including whether the
institution and the students program were accredited by a
particular accrediting commission or approved by a professional
association or by the state in which the student seeks
employment. Additional factors are outside the control of the
institution, such as the individual students own
background and qualifications. If one or more states refuse to
recognize a significant number of our students for professional
licensing or certification based on factors relating to our
institution or programs, the potential growth of those programs
would be negatively impacted and we could be exposed to claims
or litigation by students or graduates based on their inability
to obtain their desired professional license or certification,
each of which could materially adversely affect us.
Increased
scrutiny by various governmental agencies regarding
relationships between student loan providers and educational
institutions and their employees have produced significant
uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to the
administration of the Title IV loan programs and the
funding for those programs which, if not satisfactorily or
timely resolved, could result in increased regulatory burdens
and costs for us and could adversely affect our student
enrollments.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including the
Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by
the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general,
and other parties. Issues that have received extensive attention
include allegations of conflicts of interest between some
institutions and lenders that provide Title IV loans,
questionable incentives given by lenders to some schools and
school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the
marketing of student loans, and schools leading students to use
certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been
cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars
in the aggregate to settle those claims. The practices of
numerous other schools and lenders are being examined by
government agencies at the federal and state level. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona requested extensive
documentation and information from us and other institutions in
Arizona concerning student loan practices, and we provided
testimony in response to a subpoena from the Attorney General of
the State of Arizona about such practices. We have agreed with
the Attorney General of the State of Arizona to conclude this
matter by executing a Letter of Assurance, whereby we will agree
to conduct referrals of students to lenders in accordance with
our existing policies or any new policies promulgated by the
State of Arizona in the future, and by reimbursing the state for
the costs of its investigation in the amount of approximately
$20,000.
As a result of this scrutiny, Congress has passed new laws, the
Department of Education has enacted stricter regulations, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of loans to students
in exchange for Title IV loan volume from schools, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. The environment surrounding access
to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux, with
reviews of many institutions and lenders still pending and with
additional legislation and regulatory changes being actively
considered at the federal and state levels. The uncertainty
surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues
that increases loan costs or reduces students access to
Title IV loans, may adversely affect our student
enrollments, which could have an adverse effect on us.
17
Government
agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct
compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate litigation against
us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to us, which could require us to pay
monetary damages, be sanctioned or limited in our operations,
and expend significant resources to defend against those
claims.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to program reviews, audits, investigations, claims of
non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory
agencies, students, stockholders, and other third parties
alleging non-compliance with applicable legal requirements, many
of which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. As we grow
larger, this scrutiny of our business may increase. If the
result of any such proceeding is unfavorable to us, we may lose
or have limitations imposed on our state licensing,
accreditation, or Title IV program participation; be
required to pay monetary damages (including triple damages in
certain whistleblower suits); or be subject to fines,
injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. In this regard, we are
currently subject to an investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General, which we believe
is focused on the manner in which we have compensated our
enrollment counselors and managers, and a qui tam lawsuit
brought by a former employee alleging violations in the same
area. See Risk Factors The Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education has commenced an
investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing and
which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, Risk
Factors We were recently notified that a qui
tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other
things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our
enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of
this lawsuit, and Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. Claims and lawsuits brought against us,
even if they are without merit, may also result in adverse
publicity, damage our reputation, negatively affect the market
price of our stock, adversely affect our student enrollments,
and reduce the willingness of third parties to do business with
us. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by any such
proceeding and successfully defend against it, we may have to
devote significant financial and management resources to address
these issues, which could harm our business.
A
decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary
institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in
our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower
enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our
future growth.
According to a September 2008 report from the NCES, enrollment
in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is projected to
grow 12.0% over the ten-year period ending fall 2016 to
approximately 19.9 million. This growth is slower than the
23.6% increase reported in the prior ten-year period ended in
fall 2006, when enrollment increased from 14.4 million in
1996 to 17.8 million in 2006. In addition, according to a
March 2008 report from the Western Interstate Commission
for Higher Education, the number of high school graduates that
are eligible to enroll in
degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at approximately
3.3 million for the class of 2008, falling in the period
between
2007-08 and
2013-14 by
about 150,000 in total before resuming a growth pattern for the
foreseeable future thereafter. In order to maintain current
growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of
students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating
new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields
related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected, as a
result of any regional or national economic downturn or
otherwise, including since the 2007 BLS report predicting strong
job growth in these disciplines was completed, fewer students
may seek the types of degrees that we offer. Our failure to
attract new students, or the decisions by prospective students
to seek degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse
impact on our future growth.
If our
students were unable to obtain private loans from third-party
lenders, our business could be adversely affected given our
increasing reliance on such lenders as a source of net
revenue.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, private
loans to students at our school represented approximately 5.1%
of our revenue (calculated on a cash basis) as compared to 2.5%
of revenue in fiscal 2006 and 1.9% of revenue in fiscal 2005.
These loans were provided pursuant to private loan programs and
were made available to eligible students to fund a portion of
the students costs of education not covered by the
Title IV programs and state financial aid sources. Private
loans are made to our students by lending
18
institutions and are non-recourse to us. Recent adverse market
conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans
(including lenders increasing difficulties in reselling or
syndicating student loan portfolios) have resulted, and could
continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the
availability of or increasing the costs associated with
providing private loans to postsecondary students. In
particular, loans to students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based private loans have
become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective students
may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing
prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs. If any of these scenarios were
to occur, our students ability to finance their education
could be adversely affected and our student population could
decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If any
of the education regulatory agencies that regulate us do not
approve or delay their approval of any transaction involving us
that constitutes a change in control, our ability to
operate or participate in the Title IV programs may be
impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the
Department of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission, or any
other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, we must notify or seek the approval of each such
agency. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what
constitutes a change in control. Transactions or events that
typically constitute a change in control include significant
acquisitions or dispositions of the voting stock of an
institution or its parent company, and significant changes in
the composition of the board of directors of an institution or
its parent company. Some of these transactions or events may be
beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from the Department
of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education, or the Higher Learning Commission could impair our
ability to operate or participate in the Title IV programs,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from any other
state in which we are currently licensed or authorized, or from
any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could require us
to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering the
applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or
could otherwise impair our operations. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock, which could
discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of your shares.
We have submitted a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, including a description of a voting
agreement that certain of our stockholders will enter into in
connection with this offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Voting Agreement. The
Department of Education has informed us that the offering will
not trigger a change in ownership resulting in a change in
control under the Department of Educations regulations.
The Higher Learning Commission has informed us that it will
consider the offering to be a change in control under its
policies, and we have obtained the Higher Learning
Commissions approval to consummate the offering. As a
result of its determination that the offering will be a change
in control, the Higher Learning Commission has informed us that
it will conduct a site visit within six months of consummation
of the offering to confirm the appropriateness of the approval
and to evaluate whether we continue to meet the Higher Learning
Commissions eligibility criteria. In addition, based on
our communications with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, we believe the offering will be a
change in control under Arizona law. Accordingly, following the
consummation of the offering, we will be required to file an
application with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education in order to obtain such approval. We
cannot predict whether the Higher Learning Commission or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education will
impose any limitations or conditions on us, or identify any
compliance issues related to us in the context of the change in
control process, that could result in our loss of accreditation
or authorization by such agency, as applicable. Any such loss of
accreditation or authorization would result in our loss of
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
cause a significant decline in our student enrollments.
We also notified other accrediting commissions and state
agencies, as we believed necessary, of this offering and the
reasons why we believe this offering will not constitute a
change in control under their
19
respective standards, or to determine what is required if any
such commission or agency does consider the offering to
constitute a change in control.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses, or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions, or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in the Title IV programs may not
provide, or contract with a third party that provides, any
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based on success
in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person
involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in
making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program
funds. The Department of Educations regulations set forth
12 safe harbors which describe payments and
arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation
rule. The Department of Educations regulations make clear
that the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible
practices under this law. One of these safe harbors permits
adjustments to fixed salary for enrollment personnel provided
that such adjustments are not made more than twice during any
twelve month period, and that any adjustment is not based solely
on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled, or
awarded financial aid. While we believe that our compensation
policies and practices have not been based on success in
enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the
Department of Educations regulations and interpretations
of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear
criteria for compliance in all circumstances and, in a limited
number of instances, our actions have not been within the scope
of any specific safe harbor provided in the compensation
regulations. In addition, such safe harbors do not address
non-cash awards to enrollment personnel.
As described in Risk Factors The Office of
Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced
an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing
and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, and in
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule, we are currently subject to an investigation by the
Department of Educations Office of Inspector General,
which we believe is focused on the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment counselors and managers. In addition,
in recent years several
for-profit
education companies, including us, have been faced with
whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui tam
cases, by current or former employees alleging violations of
this prohibition. See Risk Factors We were
recently notified that a qui tam lawsuit has been filed
against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may
incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage
to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit. If the
Department of Education determines as a result of the pending
investigation that we have violated this law, if we are found to
be liable in the pending qui tam action, or if we or any
third parties we have engaged otherwise violate this law, we
could be fined or sanctioned by the Department of Education, or
subjected to other monetary liability or penalties that could be
substantial, any of which could harm our reputation, impose
significant costs on us, and have a material adverse effect on
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
Our
reputation and our stock price may be negatively affected by the
actions of other postsecondary educational
institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been
commenced against various postsecondary educational institutions
relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government, and non-compliance with
Department of Education requirements, state education laws, and
state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been
brought by the Department of Education, the U.S. Department
of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or
SEC, and state governmental agencies, among others. These
allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been
the subject of legislative hearings and regulatory actions at
both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the
individual schools but in some cases on the larger for-profit
postsecondary education sector as a whole. Adverse media
coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other
educational institutions could damage our reputation, result in
lower enrollments, revenues, and operating profit, and have a
negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of
Education, Congress, accrediting commissions, state
legislatures, state attorneys general, or other governmental
authorities of all educational institutions, including us.
20
If the
percentage of our revenue that is derived from the Title IV
programs is too high, we may lose our eligibility to participate
in those programs.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs if, under a formula that requires
cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation
of revenue, it derives more than 90% of its revenues from those
programs in any fiscal year. The period of ineligibility is at
least the next succeeding fiscal year, and any Title IV
funds already received by the institution and its students in
that succeeding year would have to be returned to the applicable
lender or the Department of Education. Using the Department of
Educations formula for this test, we have calculated that,
for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived approximately
71.5% and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenue from the
Title IV programs. The August 2008 reauthorization of the
Higher Education Act makes significant changes to this revenue
requirement, effective upon the date of the laws
enactment. Under the new law, an institution will be subject to
loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs
only if it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive years,
the period of ineligibility is extended to at least two years,
and an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year
will be placed on provisional certification. Recent changes in
federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits,
and any additional increases in the future, may result in an
increase in the revenues we receive from the Title IV
programs. Economic downturns that adversely affect our
students employment circumstances could also increase
their reliance on Title IV programs. These developments could
make it more difficult for us to satisfy this requirement.
Exceeding the 90% threshold and losing our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs would have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We may
lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too
high.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all of the Title IV programs if, for three consecutive
years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin
repayment on their student loans in one year default on their
payment by the end of the following year. In addition, an
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs if the default rate of its
students exceeds 40% for any single year. The August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act extends by one year
the period for which students defaults on their loans will
be included in the calculation of an institutions default
rate, a change that is expected to increase most
institutions default rates. The new law also increases the
threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to
participate in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to
30%. These changes to the law take effect for institutions
cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2009, which are
expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of
Education in 2012. Although our cohort default rates have
historically been significantly below these levels, we cannot
assure you that this will continue to be the case. Any increase
in interest rates or declines in income or job losses for our
students could contribute to higher default rates on student
loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate thresholds and
losing our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs would have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Any
future changes in the formula for calculating student loan
default rates, economic conditions, or other factors that cause
our default rates to increase, could place us in danger of
losing our eligibility to participate in some or all of the
Title IV programs and materially adversely affect us.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
program.
A school participating in the Title IV programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing such programs and must
return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the
Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated
and timely returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we
may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department
of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that should
have been returned for such students in the prior fiscal year,
and we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the Department
of Education, which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and materially adversely affect us.
21
We
cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain
states, or acquire additional schools if such actions are not
timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we
may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students
enrolled in any such programs, schools, or states if we do not
obtain prior approval.
Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs.
In addition, we may increase our operations in additional states
and seek to acquire existing schools from other companies. If we
are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new
programs, operations, or acquisitions from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, or any other
applicable state education agency or accrediting commission, or
if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner,
our ability to consummate the planned actions and provide
Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired,
which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion
plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action
did not need approval or had all required approvals, we could be
liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided
to students in that program or at that location.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing
and advertising programs in recruiting new
students.
Building awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs
we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective
students. It is also critical to our success that we convert
prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective
manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our
programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from
successfully recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in
our programs include:
|
|
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other
costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or other sources
of financial aid;
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors;
|
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and
effectiveness of Internet advertising and broad-based branding
campaigns and recruiting efforts;
|
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems;
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict schools initiation of new programs and
modification of existing programs;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict the ways schools can compensate their recruitment
personnel;
|
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in
which we do not have a physical presence;
|
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs
that seek certification or licensure in certain states;
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or
for-profit education generally;
|
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable
to match;
|
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
students derive from our programs.
|
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Grand
Canyon University and the programs we offer, and to recruit,
enroll, and retain students, our enrollments would suffer and
our ability to increase revenues and maintain profitability
would be significantly impaired.
22
If we
are unable to hire and train new and existing employees
responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our
student recruiting efforts would be adversely
affected.
In order to support our planned revenue growth we intend to
hire, develop, and train a significant number of additional
employees responsible for student recruitment and retain and
continue to develop and train our current student recruitment
personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student
recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors,
including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment
counselors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment
counselors, the length of time it takes new enrollment
counselors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the
method of compensating enrollment counselors, and the
competition in hiring and retaining enrollment counselors. If we
are unable to hire, develop, and retain a sufficient number of
qualified enrollment counselors, our ability to increase
enrollments would be adversely affected.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a public
company, and the requirements of being a public company may
divert management attention from our business.
As a public company, we will be subject to a number of
additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act and
the listing standards of Nasdaq. These requirements will cause
us to incur increased costs and might place a strain on our
systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with
respect to our business and financial condition. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting, and also requires
that our internal controls be assessed by management and
attested to by our auditors as of December 31 of each year
commencing with our year ending December 31, 2009. In order
to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting, significant resources and management oversight will
be required. As a result, our managements attention might
be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, we might not
be able to retain our independent directors or attract new
independent directors for our committees.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. If we fail to develop or maintain an
effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a
result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence
in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and
the trading price of our common stock.
During the preparation of our financial statements for 2005,
2006, and 2007, and for the six month period ended June 30,
2008, our management identified material weaknesses in our
internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the
standards established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, that affected our financial statements for
each of the periods covered by such statements. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. We have restated our financial
statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. See
Note 3, Restatement of Financial Statements, to
our financial statements.
We are currently in the process of remediating these material
weaknesses, but have not yet been able to complete our
remediation efforts. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. It will take additional time to design,
implement, and test the controls and procedures required to
enable our management to conclude that our internal control over
financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time
estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation
efforts. We cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will
be effective in mitigating or preventing significant
deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. Any failure to maintain or implement
required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we
encounter in their implementation, could result in additional
material weaknesses, cause us to fail to meet our periodic
reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our
financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely
affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual
auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting that will be required
when
23
the SECs rules under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning
with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2009, to be filed in early
2010. The existence of a material weakness could result in
errors in our financial statements that could result in further
restatements of our financial statements, cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a
decline in our stock price.
We
operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with
greater resources could harm our business.
The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and
competitive. We compete for students with traditional public and
private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online
learning programs. Many public and private schools, colleges,
and universities, including most major colleges and
universities, offer online programs. We expect to experience
additional competition in the future as more colleges,
universities, and for-profit schools offer an increasing number
of online programs. Public institutions receive substantial
government subsidies, and public and private non-profit
institutions have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions, and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly,
public and private non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources superior to those in the
for-profit sector, and public institutions can offer
substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our competitors in
both the public and private sectors also have substantially
greater financial and other resources than we do. We may not be
able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations. These competitive factors could cause
our enrollments, revenues, and profitability to significantly
decrease. See Business Competition for
further information.
Capacity
constraints, system disruptions, or security breaches in our
online computer networks could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our
online operations are critical to our reputation and to our
ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system
disruption or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in
traffic on the servers that host our online operations, may
result in our online courses and programs being unavailable for
a period of time. In addition, any significant failure of our
computer networks or servers could disrupt our on-campus
operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated occurrences could
significantly damage the reputation of our online operations and
result in a loss of potential or existing students.
Additionally, our online operations are vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control,
including natural disasters and network and telecommunications
failures. Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to
unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, and
other security problems. A user who circumvents security
measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause
interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we
may be required to expend significant resources to protect
against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate
problems caused by these incidents. Any interruption to our
online operations could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to attract students to our online programs and to retain
those students.
We may
not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we
are not able to improve the content of our existing academic
programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a
cost-effective
manner, or at all.
We continually seek to improve the content of our existing
programs and develop new programs in order to meet changing
market needs. The success of any of our programs and courses,
both ground and online, depends in part on our ability to expand
the content of our existing programs, develop new programs in a
cost-effective
manner, and meet the needs of existing and prospective students
and employers in a timely manner, as well as on the acceptance
of our actions by existing or prospective students and
employers. As of September 30, 2008, we offered 79 fully
online programs, 17 of which we introduced in 2007, 12 of which
we introduced in the first nine months of 2008, and many of
which were based on our existing ground programs. In the future,
we may develop programs solely, or initially, for online use,
which may pose new challenges, including the need to develop
course content without having an existing program on which such
content can
24
be based. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new
programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs in
a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors are able to
introduce competing programs. If we do not respond adequately to
changes in market conditions, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.
The development and approval of new programs and courses, both
ground and online, are subject to requirements and limitations
imposed by the Department of Education, state licensing
agencies, and the relevant accrediting commissions, and in
certain cases, such as with our newly approved doctoral program
in education, involves a process that can take several years to
complete. The imposition of restrictions on the initiation of
new educational programs by any of our regulatory agencies, or
delays in obtaining approvals of such programs, may delay our
expansion plans. Establishing new academic programs or modifying
existing academic programs may also require us to make
investments in specialized personnel, increase marketing
efforts, and reallocate resources. We may have limited
experience with the subject matter of new programs.
If we are unable to expand our existing programs, offer new
programs on a timely basis or in a cost-effective manner, or
otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established
programs, our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our
failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology
could harm our ability to attract students.
Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of
employers to employ, promote, or increase the pay of our
graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new
employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills
and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as
communication, and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve
rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment.
Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs
evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.
The expansion of existing academic programs and the development
of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective
students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we are
able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to
begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as
quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are
unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements
due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid
technological changes, or other factors, the rates at which our
graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, and
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
If we
do not maintain existing, and develop additional, relationships
with employers, our future growth may be impaired.
We currently have relationships with large school districts and
healthcare systems, primarily in Arizona, and also recently
began seeking relationships with national and international
employers, to provide their employees with the opportunity to
obtain degrees through us while continuing their employment.
These relationships are an important part of our strategy as
they provide us with a steady source of potential working adult
students for particular programs and also serve to increase our
reputation among high-profile employers. If we are unable to
develop new relationships, or if our existing relationships
deteriorate or end as a result of economic conditions affecting
employers or otherwise, our efforts to seek these sources of
potential working adult students will be impaired, and this
could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
Our
failure to effectively manage our growth could harm our
business.
Our business recently has experienced rapid growth. Growth and
expansion of our operations may place a significant strain on
our resources and increase demands on our executive management
team, management information and reporting systems, financial
management controls and personnel, and regulatory compliance
systems and personnel. We may not be able to maintain or
accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our
expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a timely or
profitable basis. If we are unable to manage our growth
effectively, we may experience operating inefficiencies and our
earnings may be materially adversely affected.
25
Our
success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key
personnel.
Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue
to depend on, the skills, efforts, and motivation of our
executive officers, who generally have significant experience
with our company and within the education industry. Our success
also largely depends on our ability to attract and retain highly
qualified faculty, school administrators, and additional
corporate management personnel. We may have difficulties in
locating and hiring qualified personnel and in retaining such
personnel once hired. In addition, because we operate in a
highly competitive industry, our hiring of qualified executives
or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be subject to
lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper
solicitation of employees, or other claims. Other than
non-compete
agreements of limited duration that we have with certain
executive officers, we have not historically sought non-compete
agreements with key personnel and they may leave and
subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any
of our key personnel, many of whom are not party to employment
agreements with us, or our failure to attract and retain other
qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could
cause our business to suffer.
The
protection of our operations through exclusive proprietary
rights and intellectual property is limited, and from time to
time we encounter disputes relating to our use of intellectual
property of third parties, any of which could harm our
operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business we develop intellectual
property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of
copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or
other protections. This intellectual property includes but is
not limited to courseware materials and business know-how and
internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the
requirements of operating our business and to comply with the
rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect
our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States to protect our rights to the
mark Grand Canyon University, as well as distinctive
logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on
agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content
developed by faculty members and other third party content
experts, as well as license agreements pursuant to which we
license the right to brand certain of our program offerings. We
cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure,
appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the
United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third
parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary
rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or
copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource
material, and other content, and offer competing programs to
ours.
In particular, we license the right to utilize the name of Ken
Blanchard in connection with our business school and Executive
MBA programs and have spent significant resources in related
branding efforts. Nevertheless, our license agreement with
Blanchard Education, LLC has a fixed term and may not
necessarily be extended in the future. In addition, third
parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy
aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality
management, and other proprietary content. The termination of
this license agreement, or attempts to compete with or duplicate
our programs, if successful, could adversely affect our
business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights
can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development
by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have
obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third
parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or
violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some
third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad,
and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in
such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any
such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether such
claim has merit, and we may be required to alter the content of
our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
26
We are
subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection
and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws
or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such
information, could adversely affect our reputation and
operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations
subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We
collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information
regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff, and their
families, including social security numbers, tax return
information, personal and family financial data, and credit card
numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of
our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our
services can be accessed globally through the Internet.
Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national
privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which applicants
and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose
conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services.
Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors
that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may
be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse,
computer hackers, computer viruses, and other security threats.
Confidential information may also inadvertently become available
to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to
our servers following an acquisition of a school or in
connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades.
Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored
on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking
to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate sensitive information or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use
security and business controls to limit access and use of
personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent
those security and business controls, which could result in a
breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in
the storage, use, or transmission of personal information could
result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective
students or employees. Possession and use of personal
information in our operations also subjects us to legislative
and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data
breaches and restrict our use of personal information, and a
violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection
or use of personal information could result in the imposition of
fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss of personal information
regarding our students and their families or our employees that
is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or
regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse
effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and
oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs
of compliance.
We
operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological
change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete
successfully.
Online education is a highly competitive market that is
characterized by rapid changes in students technological
requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our
competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and
four-year colleges and universities and other for-profit
schools, including those that offer online learning programs.
Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other
technologies, including technologies such as streaming video,
that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty
and students, that are superior to the platform and technology
we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit
and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to
acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our
competitors, which may render our online delivery format less
competitive or obsolete.
At
present we derive a significant portion of our revenues and
operating income from our graduate programs.
As of September 30, 2008, approximately 56% of our students
were graduate students. Although we anticipate that this
percentage will decline over time due as a result of our planned
growth emphasis in our undergraduate business and liberal arts
programs, if we were to experience any event that adversely
affected our graduate offerings or the attractiveness of our
programs to prospective graduate students, our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could
be significantly and adversely affected.
27
We may
incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution
of class materials posted online for class
discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post
various articles or other third-party content on class
discussion boards. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of material posted online for class
discussions. Any such claims could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover
potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may
be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary
damages, which may be significant.
We use
third-party software for our online classroom, and if the
provider of that software were to cease to do business or was
acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the
software required for our online classroom or updating it for
future technological changes, which could adversely affect our
performance.
Our online classroom employs the ANGEL Learning Management Suite
pursuant to a license from ANGEL Learning, Inc. The ANGEL system
is a web-based portal that stores, manages, and delivers course
content; enables assignment uploading; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; and supplies online
evaluation tools. We rely on ANGEL Learning, Inc. for
administrative support of the ANGEL system and, if ANGEL
Learning, Inc. ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to
continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely
basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required
for our online classroom or updating it for future technological
changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have
an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation, and
limit our ability to attract and retain students.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment, and are typically lowest in our second
fiscal quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter.
Accordingly, our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Student population varies as a result of new enrollments,
graduations, and student attrition. A significant portion of our
general and administrative expenses do not vary proportionately
with fluctuations in revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations
in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal
enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a
result of new program introductions, the timing of colloquia and
events, and increased enrollments of students. These
fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect
on the market price of our common stock.
We
only recently began operating as a for-profit company and have a
limited operating history as a
for-profit
company. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and
business results may not necessarily be representative of what
they will be in the future.
We have only operated as a for-profit company with private
ownership interests since February 2004. We have a limited
operating history as a for-profit business on which you can
evaluate our management decisions, business strategy, and
financial results. Moreover, until October 2006, we operated
under various Department of Education limitations on our growth
and activities. As a result, our historical and recent financial
and business results may not necessarily be representative of
what they will be in the future. We are subject to risks,
uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties associated with
changing and implementing our business strategy that are not
typically encountered by established for-profit companies. As a
result, we may not be able to operate effectively as a
for-profit corporation. It is possible that we may incur
significant operating losses in the future and that we may not
be able to achieve or sustain long-term profitability.
28
Our
current success and future growth depend on the continued
acceptance of the Internet and the corresponding growth in users
seeking educational services on the Internet.
Our business relies in part on the Internet for its success. A
number of factors could inhibit the continued acceptance of the
Internet and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns;
|
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other
technological factors; and
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation of Internet use.
|
If Internet use decreases, or if the number of Internet users
seeking educational services on the Internet does not increase,
our business may not grow as planned.
Government
regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of
doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws
and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices, and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws and regulations or interpretations thereof
related to doing business over the Internet could increase our
costs and materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
A
reclassification of our online faculty by federal or state
authorities from independent contractor to employee status could
materially increase our costs.
A majority of our faculty at September 30, 2008 were online
faculty, whom we treat as independent contractors. Because we
classify our online faculty as independent contractors, we do
not withhold federal or state income or other employment-related
taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal
Insurance Contributions Act, or FICA, payments or provide
workers compensation insurance with respect to our online
faculty. The determination of whether online faculty members are
properly classified as independent contractors or as employees
is based upon the facts and circumstances of our relationship
with our online faculty members. Federal or state authorities
may challenge our classification as incorrect and assert that
our online faculty members must be classified as employees. In
the event that we were to reclassify our online faculty as
employees, we would be required to withhold the appropriate
taxes, make unemployment tax and FICA payments, and pay for
workers compensation insurance and additional payroll
processing costs. If we had reclassified our online faculty
members as employees for 2007, we estimate our additional tax,
workers compensation insurance, and payroll processing
payments would have been approximately $1.2 million for
that year. The amount of additional tax and insurance payments
would increase in the future as the total amount we pay to
online faculty increases. In addition to these known costs, we
could be subject to retroactive taxes and penalties, which may
be significant, by federal and state authorities, which could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We may
incur significant costs complying with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and similar laws.
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA,
all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related
to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal,
state, and local laws also may require modifications to our
properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties.
For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA,
requires apartment properties first occupied after
March 13, 1990 to be accessible to the handicapped. We have
not conducted an audit or investigation of all of our properties
to determine our compliance with present requirements.
Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in the
imposition of fines or an award or damages to private litigants
and also could result in an order to correct any non-complying
feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of the cost of
29
compliance with the ADA, FHAA, or other legislation. If we incur
substantial costs to comply with the ADA, FHAA, or any other
legislation, we could be materially and adversely affected.
Our
failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations
governing our activities could result in financial penalties and
other costs.
We use hazardous materials at our ground campus and generate
small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint,
car batteries, and laboratory materials. As a result, we are
subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the use, storage, and disposal of
solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not
maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or
are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials,
we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines, or penalties which could adversely impact
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If we
expand in the future into new markets outside the United States,
we would be subject to risks inherent in non-domestic
operations.
If we acquire schools or establish programs in new markets
outside the United States, we will face risks that are inherent
in non-domestic operations, including the complexity of
operations across borders, new regulatory regimes, currency
exchange rate fluctuations, monetary policy risks, such as
inflation, hyperinflation and deflation, and potential political
and economic instability in the countries into which we expand.
Our
failure to obtain additional capital in the future could
adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that the proceeds from this offering being retained
by us, funds from operations, cash, and investments will be
adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the
foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in
order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue
any acquisitions. The amount, timing, and terms of such
additional financing will vary principally depending on the
timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of
acquisitions we may seek to consummate, and the amount of cash
flows from our operations. To the extent that we require
additional financing in the future, such financing may not be
available on terms acceptable to us or at all, and,
consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth
strategy.
If we
are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could
be harmed.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools.
Integrating acquired operations into our institution involves
significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and
procedures;
|
|
|
|
distraction of managements attention from normal business
operations during the integration process;
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the
acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the
imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit
requirement on us or on the acquired school by any of those
regulatory agencies;
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
|
|
|
|
unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process,
including legal contingencies.
|
If we complete one or more acquisitions and are unable to
integrate acquired operations successfully, our business could
suffer.
Risks
Related to the Offering
There
is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know
if one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market
for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may
be higher or lower than the price you pay. If you purchase
shares
30
of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was
not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay
the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the
underwriters and such price may not be indicative of prices that
will prevail in the open market following this offering.
The
price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings of other companies
in our industry;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements, and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research
analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other
companies in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled students;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or
regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our student population;
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of Title IV funds, other student
financial aid, and private loans;
|
|
|
|
the failure to maintain or keep in good standing our regulatory
approvals and accreditations;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations, or principles;
|
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global
economies or financial markets, including those resulting from
war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving our company, or investigations or audits by
regulators into the operations of our company or our
competitors, including the investigation of Grand Canyon
University currently being conducted by the Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education, and the pending qui
tam action regarding the manner in which we have compensated
our enrollment personnel; and
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers, and
significant stockholders.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes
frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating
performance of these companies. The price of our common stock
could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially
reduce our stock price.
Our
executive officers, directors, and principal existing
stockholders will continue to own a large percentage of our
voting stock after this offering, which may allow them to
collectively control substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval and, in the case of certain of our
principal stockholders, will have other unique rights that may
afford them access to our management.
Our directors, executive officers, and principal existing
stockholders will beneficially own approximately
31,472,839 shares, or 71.8%, of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering. Our directors and executive
officers will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately
29,637,709 shares, or 67.6%, of our common stock after the
offering. In addition, pursuant to a voting agreement entered
into among Brent Richardson, Chris Richardson, and certain of
our existing stockholders, the Richardsons will have voting
control over approximately 44.5% or our common stock effective
upon completion of the offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Voting Agreement.
Accordingly, the Richardsons could significantly influence the
outcome of any actions requiring the vote or consent of
stockholders, including elections of directors, amendments to
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, mergers, going
private transactions, and other extraordinary transactions, and
any decisions concerning the terms of any of these
31
transactions. The ownership and voting positions of these
stockholders may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or
preventing a change in control or a change in the composition of
our board of directors. These stockholders may also use their
contractual rights, including access to management, and their
large ownership position to address their own interests, which
may be different from those of our other stockholders, including
investors in this offering.
Your
percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of
capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on
which stockholders vote.
Following the completion of this offering, our board of
directors has the authority, without action or vote of our
stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but
unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon
the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy
our payment obligations under our incentive plans, or shares of
our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common
stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over
matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of
issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your
interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of
that preferred stock.
The
sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after
this offering may cause the market price of shares of our common
stock to decline.
Sales of our common stock by existing investors may begin
shortly after the completion of this offering. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering, or the perception that these
sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common
stock to decline. The shares of our common stock outstanding
prior to this offering will be eligible for sale in the public
market at various times in the future. All of our directors,
executive officers, and stockholders agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of
or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of common stock until
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the
prior written consent of the representatives identified in the
section of this prospectus entitled Underwriting.
Upon expiration of this
lock-up
period, up to approximately 33,231,509 additional shares of
common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market
without restriction, and up to approximately
27,529,065 shares of common stock held by affiliates may
become eligible for sale, subject to the restrictions under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
Securities Act.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of your shares.
If you purchase shares in this offering, the value of your
shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less
than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your
equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part
because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the
initial public offering price when they purchased their shares
of our common stock. Based upon the issuance and sale of
10,500,000 shares of our common stock by us in this
offering at the initial public offering price of $12.00 per
share, you will incur immediate dilution of $11.10 in the net
tangible book value per share. If the underwriters exercise
their over-allotment option, or if outstanding options to
purchase our common stock are exercised, investors will
experience additional dilution. For more information, see
Dilution.
Provisions
in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation
Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us
and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing
stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation,
bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and
regulations of state and federal education agencies could
diminish the opportunity for stockholders to participate in
acquisition proposals at a price above the then-current market
price of our common stock. For example, while we have no present
plans to issue any preferred stock, our board of directors,
without further stockholder approval, may issue shares of
undesignated preferred stock and fix the powers, preferences,
rights, and limitations of such class or series, which could
adversely affect the voting power of your shares. In addition,
our bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for
nomination of candidates to our board of directors that could
have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change
in control. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject
to provisions of the DGCL regarding business
32
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in
certain situations. The approval requirements of the Department
of Education, our regional accrediting commission, and state
education agencies for a change in control transaction could
also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would result in
a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting
additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our board to
issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as other current
and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in
certain circumstances, delay, deter, or prevent takeover
attempts and other changes in control of the company not
approved by our board of directors. See Description of
Capital Stock for further information.
We
currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock
and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on
your investment is if the price of our common stock
appreciates.
After we make the special distribution to our existing
stockholders using the proceeds of this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds, we do not expect to pay
dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable
future and intend to use cash to grow our business. The payment
of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such
factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall
financial condition, and any other factors deemed relevant by
our board of directors. Consequently, your only opportunity to
achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if
the market price of our common stock appreciates.
We
will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this
offering and may not use those proceeds in ways that will
enhance the market value of our common stock.
We have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds we
will receive in this offering. We will use a substantial portion
of the proceeds that we receive from the sale of stock in this
offering to fund the special distribution payable to our
existing stockholders and will use the remainder to pay the
expenses of this offering and for general corporate purposes. As
part of your investment decision, you will not be able to assess
or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we do not apply
these funds effectively, we may lose significant business
opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could decline if the
market does not view our use of the net proceeds from this
offering favorably.
33
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive
environment, regulation, and availability of resources. These
forward-looking statements include, without limitation,
statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations, or liquidity; statements concerning projections,
predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our
business, financial and operational results, and future economic
performance; and statements of managements goals and
objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that
are not historical facts. Words such as may,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made or managements good faith belief as of
that time with respect to future events, and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause such differences include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting commission
requirements;
|
|
|
|
the results of the ongoing investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General and the pending
qui tam action regarding the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment personnel, and possible remedial
actions or other liability resulting therefrom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain federal Title IV
funds, state financial aid, and private financing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state
laws and regulations and accrediting commission standards;
|
|
|
|
our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train
existing, enrollment counselors;
|
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment;
|
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective students to enrolled students
and to retain active students;
|
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing
programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner
or on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
industry competition, including competition for qualified
executives and other personnel;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing
our programs;
|
|
|
|
failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that
could enhance the online experience for our students;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
general adverse economic conditions or other developments that
affect job prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulation.
|
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions, or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
34
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of 10,500,000 shares of our
common stock offered by us in this offering will be
approximately $111.1 million (or approximately
$128.7 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full), based on the initial public offering price of
$12.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be payable promptly upon the completion of this offering
(and following the exercise of the
over-allotment
option, if applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008. We will make this distribution upon
completion of the offering. See Special Distribution
for further information.
We will use the remaining proceeds that we receive from this
offering and from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option to pay the expenses of this offering and
for general corporate purposes.
35
SPECIAL
DISTRIBUTION
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be paid promptly upon the completion of this offering (and
following the exercise of the
over-allotment
option, if applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008. Of the aggregate amount of the special
distribution of $94.5 million (exclusive of any amounts
that may be received from the underwriters exercise of the
over-allotment option), based on the initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share, $50.2 million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers are deemed to exercise sole or shared
voting or investment power. These proceeds will be allocated
among our directors and executive officers, as well as persons
known to us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding
common stock, as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
13,337
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
1,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
9,563
|
|
|
|
20,106
|
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,371
|
|
Significant Ventures, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
7,075
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
7,655
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,371
|
|
John E.
Crowley(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,935
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,378
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,898
|
|
|
$
|
50,225
|
|
36
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. The reported acquisition cost
of shares of common stock represents the value of the capital
contributions originally made to acquire the limited liability
company interests that were converted into common stock upon
such conversion plus capital contributions for which no
additional interests were issued, less capital distributions. |
|
(2) |
|
The special distribution is being paid in respect of our common
stock, Series A convertible preferred stock, and
Series C preferred stock, in each case on an as-converted
basis. Upon the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares
of the Series A convertible preferred stock will convert
into 10,870,178 shares of common stock and the outstanding
shares of the Series C preferred stock will convert into
2,233,333 shares of common stock. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Endeavour Capital
Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P., and
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P., which we refer to
as the Endeavour Entities. Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D.
Mark Dorman, each of whom is a managing director of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner for each of the Endeavour
Entities, are members of our board of directors. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents shares held of record by 220 GCU, L.P., 220
Education, L.P., 220-SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC
and Masters Online, LLC, of which Brent Richardson, Chris
Richardson, and Staci Buse are members and, in each case, which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Brent
Richardson, Chris Richardson, or Staci Buse, as applicable. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC,
of which John Crowley is a member, which are attributable to,
and beneficially owned by, John Crowley. |
See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Special Distribution and
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock for additional
information regarding the beneficiaries of the special
distribution and share ownership.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Except as described under Special Distribution
above, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of any dividends in the future will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial
condition, results of operations, earnings, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding
indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our board. As
a result, you will need to sell your shares of common stock to
realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to
sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
37
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
September 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of
common stock upon the closing of the offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C
preferred stock into 2,233,333 shares of common stock upon
the closing of the offering; and
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the exercise in November 2008 of the warrant to purchase
909,348 shares of our common stock for $0.58 per share; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro
forma adjustments above, as well as:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
our sale of 10,500,000 shares of our common stock in this
offering at the initial public offering price of $12.00 per
share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders of 75% of the gross proceeds from the sale of
common stock by us in this offering, including any proceeds we
receive from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option, which will occur promptly upon the
consummation of this offering (and the closing of the exercise
of the over-allotment option, if applicable).
|
38
You should read this table together with Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Capital Stock, and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
22,227
|
|
|
$
|
22,753
|
|
|
$
|
42,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
|
$
|
30,775
|
|
|
$
|
30,775
|
|
Other indebtedness
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
|
$
|
1,814
|
|
|
$
|
1,814
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
9,700 shares authorized, 5,953 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
2,200 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
3,900 shares authorized, 3,829 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
14,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and
pro forma; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 19,218,650 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized,
33,231,509 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
100,000,000 shares authorized, 43,731,509 shares
issued and outstanding pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital(1)
|
|
|
6,238
|
|
|
|
39,363
|
|
|
|
55,838
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(7,457
|
)
|
|
|
25,808
|
|
|
|
42,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
57,871
|
|
|
$
|
58,397
|
|
|
$
|
74,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
DILUTION
Purchasers of the common stock in the offering will suffer an
immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value
per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public
offering price paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock
exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock after the offering.
As of September 30, 2008, our pro forma net tangible book
value would have been $22.9 million or, $0.69 per share.
Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets reduced by our total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding classes of preferred stock into common stock, and
the exercise in November 2008 of the warrant to purchase
909,348 shares of our common stock.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets reduced by our
total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding classes of preferred stock into common stock, the
exercise in November 2008 of the warrant to purchase
909,348 shares of our common stock, the payment of the
estimated amount of the special distribution to certain of our
existing stockholders and the sale of 10,500,000 shares of
common stock in the offering at the initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share. Our pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 would have
been $39.4 million, or $0.90 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.21 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.10 per
share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering. The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of
September 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share of common stock attributable to new investors
|
|
|
2.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of underwriting
discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses by us
|
|
|
(0.34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of the special
distribution to certain of our existing stockholders
|
|
|
(2.16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will be
$42.8 million, or $0.95 per share, and the dilution per
share of common stock to new investors will be $11.05, if the
underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full.
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2008,
on the pro forma as-adjusted basis described above, the
differences between existing stockholders, including the effect
of the exercise in November 2008 of the warrant to purchase
909,348 shares of our common stock, and new investors with
respect to the total number of shares of common stock purchased
from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per
share paid before deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at
the initial public offering price of $12.00 per share of common
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
33,231,509
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,827
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.23
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
10,500,000
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
|
|
126,000
|
|
|
|
75.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
43,731,509
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
166,827
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
3.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
This table does not give effect to the payment of the special
distribution to existing stockholders.
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after
this offering would be 33,231,509, or 73.3%, and the number of
shares held by new investors would increase to 12,075,000, or
26.7%, of the total number of shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering.
41
SELECTED
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial and other data
as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The statement of
operations and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and the
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, have
been derived from our audited financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of
operations and other data for the period from February 2,
2004 (date of inception) through December 31, 2004, and the
selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and
2005 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements,
which are not included in this prospectus. The statement of
operations and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for
each of the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and
2008, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2008,
have been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which
are presented elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in the
opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal,
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such
data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
our results for any future period.
You should read the following selected financial and other data
in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004(2)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment and per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
25,629
|
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
68,472
|
|
|
$
|
109,626
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
27,531
|
|
|
|
36,995
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9,735
|
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
24,291
|
|
|
|
46,035
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
11,848
|
|
|
|
15,992
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
40,716
|
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
66,255
|
|
|
|
100,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(15,087
|
)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
8,992
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,135
|
)
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(2,236
|
)
|
|
|
(2,156
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
7,344
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
4,476
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,885
|
|
|
|
19,133
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,189
|
|
|
|
32,097
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004(2)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment and per share data)
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
24,376
|
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,406
|
|
|
$
|
5,136
|
|
|
$
|
6,015
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
2,319
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(5)
|
|
$
|
(13,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
7,309
|
|
|
$
|
14,568
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
11,306
|
|
|
|
19,287
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(4)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,476
|
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
22,227
|
|
|
$
|
22,753
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,892
|
|
|
|
51,859
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
|
|
105,618
|
|
|
|
106,144
|
|
Capital lease obligations (including short-term)
|
|
|
24,360
|
|
|
|
24,789
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
4,511
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,590
|
|
|
|
21,390
|
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
|
|
32,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders/members
deficit(2)(4)
|
|
|
(7,645
|
)
|
|
|
(12,111
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
|
|
(7,457
|
)
|
|
|
(68,692
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006, and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, in our
financial statements that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
On February 2, 2004, we acquired the assets of Grand Canyon
University from a non-profit foundation and converted its
operations from non-profit to for-profit status. While the
university has continuously operated since 1949, for accounting
and financial statement reporting purposes, we treat the date of
acquisition and conversion to for-profit status as the date of
inception of our business. |
|
(3) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(4) |
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we will use the proceeds of this offering to
pay a special distribution to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008, in the amount of 75% of the gross
proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this offering,
including any proceeds we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option, before underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Since
the special distribution represents distributions to existing
stockholders to be made from the proceeds of an initial public
offering, the pro forma balance sheet as of September 30,
2008 reflecting the distribution, but not giving effect to the
offering proceeds, is presented. In addition, since the amount
of the special distribution exceeds net income for the
twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008, pro forma
earnings per common share, basic and diluted, are presented for
the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine-month
period ended September 30, 2008, which amounts give effect
to the number of shares that would be required to be issued at
the initial public offering price of $12.00 per share to
pay the amount of dividends that exceeds net income for the
twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008. The pro forma
balance sheet and earnings per common share data also reflect
the exercise of the warrant to purchase 909,348 shares of
our common stock for $0.58 per share and assume the
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of
common stock upon the closing of the offering and the conversion
of all |
43
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock into
2,233,333 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
offering. |
|
(5) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements that are included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and
expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer be
payable following completion of this offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core operating performance. |
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors
should use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative for, net income, operating income, or any other
performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an
alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a
measure of our liquidity. Because not all companies use
identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, as discussed under Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Non-GAAP Discussion. |
44
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Restated(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
4,476
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
1,648
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
2,319
|
|
|
|
3,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
4,536
|
|
|
|
12,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
7,309
|
|
|
$
|
14,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements that are
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.2 million and $0.3 million for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to
the general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
45
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our financial statements and related notes that
appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical
financial information, the following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in
Risk Factors and Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
General
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. At
September 30, 2008, we had approximately 22,000 students.
At December 31, 2007 we had approximately 14,800 students,
85% of whom were enrolled in our online programs, with 62%
pursuing masters degrees. Since we acquired Grand Canyon
University in February 2004, we have enhanced our senior
management team, expanded our online platform, increased our
program offerings, and initiated a marketing and branding effort
to further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate.
We have also made investments to enhance our student and
technology support services. We believe the changes we have
instituted, combined with our management expertise, provide a
platform that will support continued enrollment and revenue
growth.
In 2003, the Board of Trustees of the former owner initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted it to a for-profit institution. In May
2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements, including requirements to
post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of
our program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV
funds under the heightened cash monitoring system of payment
(pursuant to which an institution is required to credit students
with Title IV funds prior to obtaining those funds from the
Department of Education). In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance since
the change in control, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire. In 2007, the Department of Education
eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students).
Regulatory
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed through
federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of
the Higher Education Act. The following trends and uncertainties
may affect the availability of or our participation in the Title
IV programs.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including
the Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by the
Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general, and
other parties, including with respect to lending practices
related to such programs and potential conflicts of interest
between educational institutions and their lenders. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona requested extensive
documentation and information from us and other institutions in
Arizona concerning student loan practices, and we provided
testimony in response to a subpoena from the Attorney General of
the State of Arizona about such practices. We have agreed with
the Attorney General of the State of Arizona to conclude this
matter by executing a Letter of Assurance, whereby we will agree
to conduct referrals of students to lenders in accordance with
our existing policies or any new policies promulgated by the
State of Arizona in the future, and by reimbursing the state for
the costs of its investigation in the amount of approximately
$20,000. As a result of this nationwide scrutiny, Congress has
passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted
46
stricter regulations, and several states have adopted codes of
conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct
of lenders, schools, and school personnel. The effect of such
actions may be to increase the cost of participating in the
Title IV programs and other student loan programs, although we
are unable to calculate such potential costs at this time.
In addition, the recent disruption in the credit markets and
adverse market conditions for consumer loans in general have
affected the student lending marketplace, causing some lenders
to cease providing Title IV loans to students and causing others
to reduce the benefits and increase the fees for the Title IV
loans they provide. While some of the lenders we regularly
engage with have announced decisions to stop participating in
the Title IV loan market generally, to date there have been no
material disruptions in the availability of Title IV loans to
our students. We have been approved by the Department of
Education to participate in the Federal Direct Loan Program,
under which the Department of Education rather than a private
lender makes the loans to students, and we are prepared for our
students to begin receiving loans under that program if we
determine that such lending is necessary to continue our
students access to Title IV loans. The conditions in
the market, including the effect of recent legislation aimed at
broadening access to Title IV loans, are continuing to
evolve and the ultimate impact of such market conditions on our
business, if any, cannot be predicted. See
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs.
Also, in recent years, several for-profit education companies
have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as
qui tam cases, brought by current or former
employees alleging that their institution had made impermissible
incentive payments to admissions employees. The employees
bringing such lawsuits typically seek, for themselves and for
the federal government, substantial financial penalties against
the subject company. In this regard, on September 11, 2008,
we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed
against us in August 2007 in the United States District Court
for the District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf
of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had
been under seal until September 5, 2008, when the court
unsealed the first amended complaint, which had been filed on
August 11, 2008. The lawsuit alleges, among other things,
that we have improperly compensated certain of our enrollment
counselors in violation of the Title IV law governing
compensation of such employees, and as a result, improperly
received Title IV program funds. See Risk
Factors We were recently notified that a qui
tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other
things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our
enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of
this lawsuit, Business Legal
Proceedings, and Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. Further, on August 14, 2008, the
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
served an administrative subpoena on Grand Canyon University
requiring us to provide certain records and information related
to performance reviews and salary adjustments for all of our
enrollment counselors and managers from January 1, 2004 to
the present. See Risk Factors The Office of
Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced
an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing
and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule. If it were determined that any of our compensation
practices violated the incentive compensation law, we could be
subject to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other
sanctions or could suffer an adverse outcome in the qui tam
litigation, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations and could adversely affect our stock price.
Key
financial metrics
Net
revenue
Net revenue consists principally of tuition, room and board
charges attributable to students residing on our ground campus,
application and graduation fees, and commissions we earn from
bookstore and publication sales, less scholarships. Factors
affecting our net revenue include: (i) the number of
students who are enrolled and who remain enrolled in our
courses; (ii) the number of credit hours per student;
(iii) our degree and program mix; (iv) changes in our
tuition rates; (v) the amount of the scholarships that we
offer; (vi) the number of students housed in, and the rent
charged for, our on-campus student apartments and dormitories;
and (vii) the number of students who purchase books from
our bookstore.
47
We define enrollments for a particular time period as the number
of students registered in a course on the last day of classes
for each program within that financial reporting period. We
offer three 16-week semesters in a calendar year, with two
starts available per semester for our online students and for
students who typically take evening courses on-campus or onsite
at the facilities of their employer, whom we refer to as
professional studies ground students, and one start available
per semester for our traditional ground students. Enrollments
are a function of the number of continuing students at the
beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period,
which are offset by graduations, withdrawals, and inactive
students during the period. Inactive students for a particular
period include students who are not registered in a class and,
therefore, are not generating net revenue for that period, but
who have not withdrawn from Grand Canyon University.
We believe that the principal factors that affect our
enrollments and net revenue are the number and breadth of the
programs we offer; the attractiveness of our program offerings
and learning experience, particularly for career-oriented adults
who are seeking pay increases or job opportunities that are
directly tied to higher educational attainment; the
effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention
efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our
enrollment counselors and other recruiting personnel; the
quality of our academic programs and student services; the
convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; the
availability and cost of federal and other funding for student
financial aid; the seasonality of our net revenue, which is
enrollment driven and is typically lowest in our second fiscal
quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter; and general
economic conditions, particularly as they might affect job
prospects in our core disciplines.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and September 30,
2007 and 2008 (which included less than 100 students
pursuing non-degree certificates in each period) by degree type
and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Masters degree
|
|
|
6,204
|
|
|
|
73.7
|
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
|
|
8,634
|
|
|
|
64.0
|
|
|
|
12,286
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
|
Bachelors degree
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
4,865
|
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
9,671
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
13,499
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
21,957
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
73.8
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84.7
|
|
|
|
11,306
|
|
|
|
83.8
|
|
|
|
19,287
|
|
|
|
87.8
|
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
13,499
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
21,957
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
For the
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740 block
tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between
12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an additional $645 per
credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A traditional
undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit
hours. The minimum number of credit hours required for a
masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies
by program, although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. Our new doctoral program in
education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09
academic year, costs $770 per credit hour and requires
approximately 60 credit hours.
Based on current tuition rates, tuition for a full program would
equate to approximately $15,000 for an online masters
program, approximately $47,000 for a full four-year online
bachelors program, and
48
approximately $62,000 for a full four-year bachelors
program taken on our ground campus. The tuition amounts referred
to above assume no reductions for transfer credits or
scholarships, which many of our students utilize to reduce their
total program costs. The amount of tuition received from our
students for a full program is reduced to the extent credits are
transferred from other institutions. Additionally, tuition is
reduced for some of our students by scholarships. For the years
ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, revenue was reduced by
approximately $8.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively,
as a result of scholarships that we offered to our students. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, we
offered scholarships with a total value of approximately
$6.6 million and $11.9 million, respectively.
Tuition increases for students in our online and professional
studies ground programs range from 5.0% to 5.3% for our
2008-09
academic year as compared to 2.6% to 4.2% in the prior academic
year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not
in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market
conditions and differences in operating costs of individual
programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs increased
11.2% for our
2008-09
academic year, as compared to 16.0% for the prior academic year.
The larger increases for our traditional ground programs
generally reflect recovery from a significant decrease in ground
tuition rates that we implemented shortly after the 2004
acquisition in an effort to stabilize enrollments and revenues.
We derive a majority of our net revenue from tuition financed by
the Title IV programs. For the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, we derived cash receipts equal
to approximately 67.9%, and 70.2%, respectively, of our net
revenue from Title IV programs. Our students also rely on
scholarships, personal savings, private loans, and employer
tuition reimbursements to pay a portion of their tuition and
related expenses. During fiscal 2007, payments derived from
private loans constituted approximately 5.1% of our net revenue.
Third party lenders independently determine whether a loan to a
student is classified as subprime, and, based on these
determinations, payments derived from subprime loans have
historically constituted less than 0.2% of our net revenue. Our
future revenues could be affected if and to the extent the
Department of Education restricts our participation in the
Title IV programs, as it did during the period between 2005
and 2007. Current conditions in the credit markets have
adversely affected the environment surrounding access to and
cost of student loans. The legislative and regulatory
environment is also changing, and new federal legislation was
recently enacted pursuant to which the Department of Education
is authorized to buy Title IV loans and implement a
lender of last resort program in certain
circumstances. See Risk Factors and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. We do not believe these market and
regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date, but we
cannot predict whether the new legislation will improve access
to Title IV funding or the impact of any of these
developments on future performance.
Costs
and expenses
Instructional cost and services. Instructional
cost and services consist primarily of costs related to the
administration and delivery of our educational programs. This
expense category includes salaries and benefits for full-time
and adjunct faculty and administrative personnel, costs
associated with online faculty, information technology costs,
curriculum and new program development costs, and costs
associated with other support groups that provide service
directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services.
Classroom facilities are leased or, in some cases, are provided
by the students employers at no charge to us. We expect
instructional costs and services as a percentage of tuition and
other net revenue to continue to decline as we leverage our
support services that are in place over a larger tuition and
enrollment base.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of
students, as well as advertising costs associated with
purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and producing
marketing materials. Our selling and promotional expenses are
generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads,
the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts,
salaries, and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and
expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing
academic programs. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs
attributable to selling and promotional activities. Selling and
promotional costs are expensed as incurred. As a result of the
removal of our growth restrictions in October 2006, we more than
quadrupled the number of our enrollment counselors between
December 31, 2006
49
and September 30, 2008 in an effort to increase our
recruiting activities and enroll prospective students. We also
leased new enrollment centers in Arizona and Utah, and we intend
to continue to increase the number of our enrollment counselors
in these centers to increase enrollment and enhance student
retention. We incur immediate expenses in connection with hiring
new enrollment counselors while these individuals undergo
training, and typically do not achieve full productivity or
generate enrollments from these enrollment counselors until four
to six months after their dates of hire.
Selling and promotional costs also include revenue share
arrangements with related parties pursuant to which we pay a
percentage of the net revenue that we actually receive from
applicants recruited by those entities that matriculate at Grand
Canyon University. The related party bears all costs associated
with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, we expensed
approximately $2.8 million, $3.7 million,
$4.3 million, $3.1 million, and $4.3 million,
respectively, pursuant to these arrangements. As we increase our
internal recruiting, marketing, and enrollment staff, we expect
this revenue share as a proportion of total revenue to decline.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human
resources, facilities, compliance, and other corporate
functions. General and administrative expenses also include bad
debt expense and an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent and occupancy costs attributable to general and
administrative functions.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our February 2004 acquisition of the assets of Grand Canyon
University by several of our current stockholders, we entered
into a royalty fee arrangement with the former owner in which we
agreed to pay a stated percentage of cash revenue generated by
our online programs. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, and for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 2007 and 2008, we expensed $1.6 million,
$2.7 million, $3.8 million, $2.6 million, and
$1.6 million, respectively, in connection with this
arrangement. This arrangement has been terminated, as discussed
below.
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations
and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of
credit.
Factors
affecting comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have
had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the
comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Conversion to corporate status. On
August 24, 2005, we converted from a Delaware limited
liability company to a Delaware corporation pursuant to
Section 265 of the DGCL. As a limited liability company, we
were treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state
income tax purposes and, as such, we were not subject to
taxation. For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been
and will continue to be subject to
corporate-level U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Public company expenses. Upon
consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a
public company, and will have our shares listed for trading on
the Nasdaq Global Market. As a result, we will need to comply
with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did not need to
comply with as a private company, including certain provisions
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC regulations, and
the requirements of Nasdaq. Compliance with the requirements of
being a public company will require us to increase our general
and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal
counsel, and accountants to assist us in, among other things,
external reporting, instituting and monitoring a more
comprehensive compliance and board governance function,
establishing and maintaining internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and preparing and distributing
periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under
the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company
will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual
public company costs will be between $3.0 million and
$4.0 million.
Settlement with former owner. To
resolve a dispute with our former owner arising from our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University and subsequent lease of
our campus, we entered into a standstill agreement in September
2007 pursuant to which we agreed with the former owner to stay
all pending legal proceedings
50
through April 15, 2008. In accordance with the terms of the
standstill agreement, we made an initial non-refundable
$3.0 million payment to the former owner in October 2007
and made an additional $19.5 million payment to the former
owner in April 2008, with these amounts serving as
consideration for: (i) the satisfaction in full of all past
and future royalties due to the former owner under a royalty
agreement; (ii) the acquisition by us of a parcel of real
estate owned by the former owner on our campus; (iii) the
termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to which the former
owner leased office space on our campus; (iv) the
assumption by us of all future payment obligations in respect of
certain gift annuities made to the school by donors prior to the
acquisition; (v) the cancellation of a warrant we issued to
the former owner in the lease transaction; and (vi) the
satisfaction in full of a $1.25 million loan made by the
former owner to us in the lease transaction (including all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon). Most of the amounts
payable to the former owner under the royalty arrangement in
2005, and all of the amounts payable in 2006 and 2007, were
accrued and not paid due to the dispute. A portion of the
settlement payments has been treated as a prepaid royalty asset
that will be amortized over 20 years at approximately
$0.3 million per year, which differs from the historical
royalty expense.
Management fees and expenses. In
connection with an August 2005 investment led by Endeavour
Capital, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capitals general partner. Concurrent with the
closing of this offering, the professional services agreement
will terminate by its terms. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, we incurred
$0.1 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million,
$0.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, in fees
and expenses under this agreement. In addition, through
December 31, 2006, we were party to two additional
professional services agreements, one with an entity affiliated
with a former director and another affiliated with a significant
stockholder, both of which terminated in accordance with their
respective terms in 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2006, we paid an aggregate of $0.4 million and
$0.7 million, respectively, under these agreements. See
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
located elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
Stock-based and other executive
compensation. Prior to this offering, we have
not granted or issued any stock-based compensation. Accordingly,
we have not recognized any stock-based compensation expense.
Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to make
substantial awards to our directors, officers, and employees,
including certain grants to our new Chief Executive Officer and
to other employees that will be fully vested upon grant. As a
result, we expect to incur non-cash, stock-based compensation
expenses in future periods, including expenses of approximately
$5.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008.
General and administrative expenses. In
July 2008, we hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, and Executive Vice President, as well as
other financial and accounting personnel. Accordingly,
compensation expenses, as reflected in our general and
administrative expenses, will be higher beginning in the third
quarter of 2008.
In connection with the Office of Inspector General investigation
and the qui tam litigation, we expect to incur increased
legal expenses associated with responding to and/or defending
such matters, including an estimated $1.1 million in the
fourth quarter of 2008 as compared to the approximately
$0.2 million in legal expenses incurred in the fourth
quarter of 2007.
License agreement. In June 2004, we
entered into a license agreement with Blanchard Education, LLC
(Blanchard) relating to our use of the Ken Blanchard
name for our College of Business. The license agreement remains
in effect (unless terminated earlier) until February 6,
2016. Under the terms of that agreement, we agreed to pay
Blanchard royalties and to issue to Blanchard up to
498 shares of common stock, with the actual number of
shares to be issued to be contingent upon our achievement of
stated enrollment levels in the College of Business programs
during the term of the agreement. On December 31, 2006, it
became probable that Blanchard would earn 100 shares under
this agreement associated with the first enrollment threshold
and, during the third quarter 2007, those 100 shares were
earned due to the enrollment threshold being met. On May 9,
2008, the terms of the agreement were amended, pursuant to which
Blanchard was issued a total of 200 shares of common stock
in full settlement of all shares owed and contingently owed
under this agreement. Thus, an additional 100 shares became
earned on that date and all remaining performance conditions
based on enrollment thresholds were terminated. The shares
issued were valued at the
51
date the shares were earned and have been treated as a prepaid
royalty asset that will be amortized over the remaining term of
the license agreement. We will recognize approximately $0.4
million per year in amortization expense related to the issuance
of the common stock through February 2016.
Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting
Overview. We have material weaknesses
in internal control over financial reporting. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, and our financial statements for the six month
period ended June 30, 2008, we identified matters involving
our internal control over financial reporting that constituted
material weaknesses as defined under the standards of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and caused us
to conclude that there was more than a remote likelihood that a
material misstatement of our annual or interim financial
statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis
by our employees in the normal course of performing their
assigned functions. We have restated our financial statements as
of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, to our
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Material weaknesses. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, and our financial statements for the six month
period ended June 30, 2008, we identified errors regarding
our accounting for the following transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our formation in February 2004, an entity
owned in part by our Executive Chairman and our General Counsel
contributed certain intangible assets to us, and we improperly
recorded these contributed assets at our estimate of their fair
value rather than at their carryover basis.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our acquisition of Grand Canyon University
from the former owner in February 2004, we improperly
accounted for a perpetual royalty arrangement between us and the
former owner as goodwill rather than as a current period
expense. Later, in connection with a settlement agreement we
entered into with the former owner in 2007 that provided for a
termination of this royalty arrangement, we improperly accounted
for a partial settlement payment as a current period expense
rather than as a prepaid royalty subject to amortization.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our entry into a lease agreement for our
ground campus and buildings in June 2004, we improperly
accounted for the arrangement as an operating lease rather than
accounting for certain components of the lease as a capital
lease.
|
|
|
|
In all periods, we failed to properly account for the issuance
of certain common stock and equity linked instruments to third
parties.
|
|
|
|
During the six month period ended June 30, 2008, we
concluded that a significant increase in our allowance for
doubtful accounts was required. A portion of the increase has
been determined to be the correction of an error from prior
periods and thus the accompanying financial statements have been
restated to reflect this increase.
|
|
|
|
We failed to properly account for deferred taxes at the date of
conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation.
|
We believe that certain of the control deficiencies related to
these errors constitute material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting. Such material weaknesses
related to our lack of processes and controls that would ensure
the proper recording of assets, expenses, leases, and equity
instruments in accordance with GAAP.
Management is committed to remediating the control deficiencies
that constitute the material weaknesses described herein by
implementing changes to our internal control over financial
reporting. We have implemented a number of significant changes
and improvements in our internal control over financial
reporting during fiscal year 2008. Our Chief Financial Officer
has taken responsibility for implementing
52
changes and improvements in the internal control over financial
reporting and remediate the control deficiencies that gave rise
to the material weaknesses. Specifically, these changes include:
|
|
|
|
|
engaging a new Chief Financial Officer and hiring additional
financial and accounting personnel, all of whom have experience
managing or working in the corporate accounting department of a
large publicly traded education company;
|
|
|
|
making numerous process changes in the financial reporting area,
including additional oversight and review; and
|
|
|
|
conducting training of our accounting staff for purposes of
enabling them to recognize and properly account for transactions
of the type described above.
|
Management plans to continue to implement further changes and
improvements during the remainder of the current fiscal year. We
cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date and
plan to take will remediate the material weaknesses we have
identified. Our current independent registered public accounting
firm has not evaluated the measures we have taken or plan to
take in order to address the material weaknesses described above.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our
estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Tuition revenue is
recognized monthly over the applicable period of instruction.
Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent
the excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received
as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of
operations and are reflected as current liabilities on our
balance sheet. Our educational programs have starting and ending
dates that differ from our fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the
end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of our revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. If a student withdraws
prior to the end of the third week of a semester, we refund all
or a portion of tuition already paid pursuant to our refund
policy, which generally results in a reduction in deferred
revenue and student deposits.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative
expense. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure, or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine
the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on an
analysis of our aging of our accounts receivable and historical
bad debt experience. We generally write off accounts receivable
balances deemed uncollectible at the time the account is
returned by an outside collection agency. However, we continue
to reflect accounts receivable with offsetting allowances as
long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of
collection. As a result, our allowance for doubtful accounts has
increased on an annual basis as bad debt expense has exceeded
amounts written off. During the second half of 2008, we expect
to begin to write off existing and new doubtful accounts no
later than one year after the revenue is generated, which will
likely result in a significant reduction in our accounts
receivable and related allowances. We believe our reserves are
adequate to cover any write offs we may make.
53
Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the
recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Income taxes. On August 24, 2005,
we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation.
For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been and will
continue to be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal
and state income taxes. Effective January 1, 2008, we
adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48).
FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We
account for income taxes as prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS No. 109). SFAS No. 109
prescribes the use of the asset and liability method to compute
the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities
and the related financial amounts using currently enacted tax
laws. We have deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic
recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to
the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of the
deferred tax assets annually. Since becoming a taxable
corporation, we have not recorded any valuation allowances to
date on our deferred income tax assets.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional cost and services
|
|
|
54.2
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
|
|
42.0
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
109.5
|
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
95.6
|
|
|
|
96.8
|
|
|
|
91.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, included in our
financial statements, which are presented elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
54
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2008 Compared to Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2007
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008 was $109.6 million, an
increase of $41.1 million, or 60.1%, as compared to net
revenue of $68.5 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due to
increased enrollment and, to a lesser extent, increases in the
average tuition per student caused by tuition price increases
and an increase in the average credits per student, partially
offset by an increase in institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 62.7% between
September 30, 2007 and 2008, as we were able to continue
our growth and increase our recruitment, marketing, and
enrollment operations following the elimination of the
Department of Educations growth restrictions in October
2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 were $37.0 million, an
increase of $9.5 million, or 34.4%, as compared to
instructional cost and services expenses of $27.5 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. This increase
was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation and
related expenses, faculty compensation, depreciation and
amortization, and other miscellaneous instructional costs and
services of $3.5 million, $2.9 million,
$1.0 million, and $2.1 million, respectively. These
increases are all attributable to the increased headcount (both
staff and faculty) needed to provide student instruction and
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our
instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of net
revenue decreased by 6.5% to 33.7% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, as compared to 40.2% for the nine
months ended September 30, 2007. This decrease was a result
of the continued shift of our student population to online
programs and our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost
structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 were $46.0 million, an increase of
$21.7 million, or 89.5%, as compared to selling and
promotional expenses of $24.3 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due
to increases in selling and promotional employee compensation
and related expenses, advertising, revenue sharing expense, and
other selling and promotional related costs of
$12.9 million, $6.5 million, $1.2 million, and
$1.1 million, respectively. These increases were driven by
a substantial expansion in our marketing efforts following the
removal of our growth restrictions by the Department of
Education, which resulted in an increase in recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment staffing, the opening of new
enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah, and expenses related
to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our selling and promotional
expenses as a percentage of net revenue increased by 6.5% to
42.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, from
35.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. This
increase occurred as a result of a significant increase in the
number of our enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students and also increased lead purchases to
support the additional enrollment counselors. In this regard, we
incur immediate expenses in connection with hiring new
enrollment counselors while these individuals undergo training,
and typically do not achieve full productivity or generate
enrollments from these enrollment counselors until four to six
months after their dates of hire. We plan to continue to add
additional enrollment counselors in the future, although the
number of additional hires as a percentage of the total
headcount is expected to decrease, and we therefore plan to
reduce selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net
revenue in the future.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 were $16.0 million, an increase of
$4.1 million, or 35.0%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $11.9 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 2007. This increase was
primarily due to increases in legal, audit and corporate
insurance; bad debt expense; employee compensation; and other
general and administrative expenses of $1.1 million,
$1.0 million, $0.8 million and $1.2 million,
respectively. The increase in legal, audit, and corporate
insurance is primarily related to legal costs associated with
the Sungard matter, which went to arbitration in the second
quarter of fiscal 2008, as well as costs incurred related to the
OIG investigation. See Business Legal
Proceedings. Bad debt expense increased to
$5.3 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2008 from $4.3 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 as a result of an increase in net
revenue. The other general and administrative expense increase
was attributable to expenditures made to continue to support the
growth of our business. Our general
55
and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue
decreased by 2.4% to 14.9% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, from 17.3% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007, primarily due to a decrease in our bad
debt expense and employee compensation and related benefits as a
percentage of net revenue between periods from 6.3% and 4.3% of
revenue during the first nine months of 2007, respectively, to
4.8% and 3.4% of net revenue during the first nine months of
2008, respectively. The improvement in bad debt expense as a
percentage of net revenue is primarily due to an improvement in
our aging between periods and an increased revenue base. The
decrease in employee compensation and related benefits as a
percentage of net revenue is the result of us leveraging our
current staffing over a larger revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 of $1.6 million, a decrease
of $1.0 million, or 37.6%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $2.6 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 as a result of the elimination of the
obligation to pay royalties to the former owner effective
April 15, 2008. As discussed above, the only related
expense in future periods will be the approximately
$0.3 million in annual amortization of the prepaid royalty
asset that was established as a result of payments made to
eliminate this future obligation. Our royalty expense as a
percentage of net revenue decreased to 1.5% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 from 3.8% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2007.
Interest expense. Our interest expense for
both the nine month periods ended September 30, 2008 and
2007 was $2.2 million as the average level of borrowings
remained fairly consistent between periods.
Interest income. Our interest income for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $0.5 million,
a decrease of $0.3 million from $0.8 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2007, as a result of
decreased levels of cash and cash equivalents.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $2.8 million,
an increase of $2.5 million from $0.3 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2007. This increase was
primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes,
partially offset by a slight decrease in our effective income
tax rate to 39.1% from 40.0%.
Net income. Our net income for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 was $4.5 million, an increase
of $4.0 million, or 760%, as compared to net income of
$0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2007, due to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2006
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $99.3 million, an increase
of $27.2 million, or 37.7%, as compared to net revenue of
$72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to
a lesser extent, increases in tuition rates, including a 2.6% to
4.2% tuition increase for students in our online programs that
took effect in May 2007, partially offset by an increase in
institutional scholarships. End-of-period enrollment increased
38.4% in 2007 compared to 2006, as we were able to continue our
growth and increase our recruitment, marketing, and enrollment
operations following the elimination of the Department of
Educations growth restrictions in October 2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $39.1 million, an increase of
$7.8 million, or 24.8%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $31.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments and
the addition of certain academic support services, such as the
establishment of our Office of Assessment and Institutional
Research. Our instructional cost and services expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 4.1% to 39.3% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 43.4% for the
year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online programs
and our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost structure
of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty across an
increasing revenue base.
56
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2007 were $35.1 million, an increase of $15.1 million,
or 74.9%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was driven by a substantial expansion in our
marketing efforts following the removal of our growth
restrictions by the Department of Education, which resulted in
an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing,
the opening of new enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah,
and expenses related to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our
selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue
increased by 7.5% to 35.4% for the year ended December 31,
2007, from 27.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This
increase occurred as a result of a significant increase in the
number of our enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students and also increased marketing and
retention staffing. In this regard, we incur immediate expenses
in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment
counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $17.0 million, an increase of
$2.0 million, or 13.3%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $15.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Bad debt expense increased to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from
$4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006
primarily as a result of a proportional increase in net revenue.
The general and administrative expense increase was also
attributable to expenditures made to continue to support the
growth of our business. Our general and administrative expenses
as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 3.7% to 17.1% for
the year ended December 31, 2007, from 20.8% for the year
ended December 31, 2006, as we benefited from leveraging
our prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment
and revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 of $3.8 million, an increase of
$1.1 million, or 41.2%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Our royalty expense as a percentage of
net revenue remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, increasing to 3.8% from 3.7%.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million, an
increase of $0.2 million, from $2.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006 due to a higher average level
of borrowings in 2007.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 million, an increase
of $0.3 million, or 28.5%, from $0.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of increased
levels of cash and cash equivalents, offset by slightly lower
interest rates.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.0 million, an
increase of $0.5 million, or 92.1%, from $0.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was
primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes,
partially offset by a decrease in our effective income tax rate
to 40.0% from 46.9%.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 was $1.5 million, an increase of
$0.9 million, or 155.2%, as compared to net income of
$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due
to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $72.1 million, an increase
of $20.3 million, or 39.2%, as compared to net revenue of
$51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment,
increases in tuition rates, including a 8.3% to 12.5% tuition
increase for students in our online programs that took effect in
May 2006, and reduced levels of institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 26.6% in 2006 compared to
2005, as a result of improved productivity in our recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment operations and the launch of many of
our
57
ground programs in an online delivery format, as limited by the
growth restrictions imposed by the Department of Education,
which were eliminated in October 2006.
Instruction cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $31.3 million, an increase of
$3.2 million, or 11.5%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $28.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our
instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of net
revenue decreased by 10.8% to 43.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 54.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This decrease in 2006 was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online
programs, our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost
structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, and more efficient course
scheduling and faculty utilization.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2006 were $20.1 million, an increase of $6.0 million,
or 43.0%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. As
a percentage of net revenue, our selling and promotional
expenses remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, increasing to 27.9% from 27.1%.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $15.0 million, an increase of
$2.0 million, or 15.8%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $13.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. Bad debt expense increased to
$4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from
$2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 due
to an increase in net revenue and managements assessment
of our rapidly growing student base and changes in payment
trends. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of net revenue decreased by 4.2% to 20.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, from 25.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with our former owner, we incurred
royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 of
$2.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 65.4%,
as compared to royalty expenses incurred of $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our royalty expense
as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.6% to 3.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, from 3.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. These increases were attributable to the
increase in our net revenue derived from our online programs,
which grew at a faster rate than other revenue sources.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.8 million, a
decrease of $0.3 million, or 8.7%, from $3.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was
primarily due to a lower average level of borrowings in 2006.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, an increase
of $0.6 million, from $0.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as a result of increased levels of cash
and cash equivalents earning interest.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax
expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
$0.5 million, an increase of $4.0 million from income
tax benefit of $3.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable
to our net income before income taxes and a change in our
effective income tax rate to 46.9% from 44.5%.
Net income (loss). Our net income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.6 million, an increase
of $4.9 million as compared to net loss of
$4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 due
to the factors discussed above.
58
Quarterly
Results and Seasonality
The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial and
operating data in the first and second quarters of 2008 and each
quarter during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.
We believe that the unaudited information reflects all
adjustments, which include only normal and recurring
adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment data)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(restated)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
16,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,009
|
|
|
$
|
17,580
|
|
|
$
|
21,827
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
7,545
|
|
|
|
7,154
|
|
|
|
7,540
|
|
|
|
9,048
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
4,449
|
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
5,376
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
3,645
|
|
|
|
3,645
|
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
15,647
|
|
|
|
15,701
|
|
|
|
17,915
|
|
|
|
19,806
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
(317
|
)
|
|
|
(884
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
|
(191
|
)
|
|
|
(652
|
)
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
(101
|
)
|
|
$
|
(346
|
)
|
|
$
|
603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
9,088
|
|
|
|
8,137
|
|
|
|
10,217
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
23,213
|
|
|
$
|
20,858
|
|
|
$
|
24,401
|
|
|
$
|
30,854
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
8,845
|
|
|
|
8,710
|
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
11,519
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
6,008
|
|
|
|
8,178
|
|
|
|
10,105
|
|
|
|
10,857
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
4,763
|
|
|
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
5,153
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
19,074
|
|
|
|
22,673
|
|
|
|
24,508
|
|
|
|
28,726
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
2,128
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
3,691
|
|
|
|
(2,190
|
)
|
|
|
(633
|
)
|
|
|
1,674
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
(875
|
)
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,216
|
|
|
$
|
(1,315
|
)
|
|
$
|
(380
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
11,397
|
|
|
|
10,332
|
|
|
|
13,499
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
35,709
|
|
|
$
|
34,566
|
|
|
$
|
39,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
11,620
|
|
|
|
12,408
|
|
|
|
12,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
12,586
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
18,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
6,419
|
|
|
|
5,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
29,769
|
|
|
|
34,180
|
|
|
|
36,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,940
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
2,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(560
|
)
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
5,380
|
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
2,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
2,076
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
17,486
|
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
21,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment. Student population varies as a result
of new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A
portion of our ground students do not attend courses during the
summer months (June through August), which affects our results
for our second and third fiscal quarters. Because a significant
amount of our campus costs are fixed, the lower revenue
resulting from the decreased enrollment has historically
contributed to operating losses during those periods. As we
increase the relative proportion of our online students, we
expect this summer effect to lessen. Partially offsetting this
summer effect in the third quarter has been the sequential
quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result
of the traditional fall school start. This increase in
enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter,
corresponding to calendar year matriculation. In addition, we
typically experience higher net revenue in the fourth quarter
due to its overlap with the semester encompassing the
traditional fall school start and in the first quarter due to
its overlap with the first semester of the calendar year. A
portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with
fluctuations in net revenue, resulting in higher operating
income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other
quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity. We financed our operating
activities and capital expenditures during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the first nine months
of 2008 primarily through cash provided by operating activities
and several private placements of securities. Our unrestricted
cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were
$14.4 million, $23.2 million, and $22.2 million
at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and September 30, 2008,
respectively.
During 2007, we entered into a line of credit arrangement with a
bank for $6.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, the
entire $6.0 million was drawn. We repaid this line in full
in February 2008 and we terminated the facility in May 2008.
A significant portion of our net revenue is derived from tuition
financed by the Title IV programs. Federal regulations
dictate the timing of disbursements under the Title IV
programs. Students must apply for new loans and grants each
academic year, which starts July 1 for Title IV purposes.
Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in multiple
disbursements for each academic year. The disbursements are
usually received by the start of the second week of the
semester. These factors, together with the timing of our
students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash
flow. We believe we have a favorable working capital profile as
these Title IV funds and a significant portion of other tuition
and fees are typically received by the start of the second week
of a semester and the revenue is recognized and the related
expenses are incurred over the duration of the semester, which
reduces the impact of the growth in our accounts receivables
associated with our enrollment growth.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital
expenditures, and working capital requirements for at least the
next 24 months.
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by
operating activities for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 was $18.1 million. Excluding the
payment of $19.5 million that was made to our former owner
in April 2008 to satisfy in full all past royalties due under
the royalty agreement and the elimination of the existing
obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues in
perpetuity, net cash provided by operating activities for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008 would have been
$30.4 million. Net cash provided by operating activities
for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $7.1 million.
Our operating cash flows were affected by our dispute with our
former owner; as previously discussed, during 2007 we accrued
$3.8 million of royalties payable to our former owner and
funded a $3.0 million deposit in connection with a
preliminary settlement of that dispute with our former owner.
Excluding the accrual and payment to our former owner, net cash
provided by operating activities would have been
$6.3 million. Our tax payments exceeded our tax expense as
our $5.0 million of income taxes paid represented a
majority of our 2006 and 2007 tax obligations.
60
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million. As previously
discussed, we accrued $2.7 million of royalties payable to
our former owner during fiscal year 2006. Excluding the accrued
royalties to our former owner, net cash provided by operating
activities would have been $4.1 million. Our tax expense
exceeded our income taxes paid as a significant portion of our
income tax payable for fiscal year 2006 was paid in early 2007.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was $7.0 million which was primarily
driven by our net loss. During the period, we accrued
$1.0 million of royalties payable to our former owner.
Excluding the accrued royalties to our former owner, net cash
used in operating activities would have been $8.0 million.
Investing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) investing activities was $(10.0) million,
$6.7 million, and $(7.6) million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and $(6.1)
million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Our
cash used in investing activities is primarily related to the
purchase of property, plant, and equipment and leasehold
improvements. In 2005, we purchased $9.2 million of investments
related to a letter of credit required by the Department of
Education and associated with our growth restrictions. This
letter of credit was released in 2006, resulting in investment
proceeds of $9.0 million. Capital expenditures were
$0.8 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007,
respectively, and $6.0 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008. A majority of our historical capital
expenditures are related to our ground campus in Phoenix,
Arizona. Our online business does not require significant
capital expenditures and we expect capital expenditures to
represent a decreasing percentage of net revenue in the future.
However, we will continue to invest in computer equipment and
office furniture and fixtures to support our increasing employee
headcounts.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) financing activities was $16.0 million,
$(1.7) million, and $9.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$(13.1) million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008. During these periods, principal
payments on notes payable, capital lease obligations and our
line of credit were offset by private placements of securities
by our stockholders and amounts drawn on our line of credit. Net
cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 also included the $6.0 million
related to the repurchase of a warrant from our former owner
pursuant to the standstill agreement.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the
periods presented (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
2-3
|
|
|
4-5
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long term
debt(1)
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
Capital lease
obligations(1)
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Tenant improvement
obligations(1)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(2)
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
87.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
14.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 8, Notes Payable and Capital Lease
Obligations, to our financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of our
long term debt and capital lease obligations. |
|
(2) |
|
See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to
our financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus, for a discussion of our operating lease obligations. |
61
The foregoing obligations exclude potential royalty payments to
Blanchard Education, LLC under our license agreement, the
amounts of which are contingent on tuition revenue from certain
of our business programs.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a material current or future
effect on our financial condition, changes in financial
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.
Impact of
Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, or 2007 and the nine months ended September 30,
2008. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not
have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial
condition.
Non-GAAP Discussion
In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a
supplemental measure of our operating performance and as part of
our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not required
by or presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or
any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP,
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity.
In this prospectus, Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income
(loss) plus interest expense net of interest income, plus income
tax expense (benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred
pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has been
terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed above and in
Note 2 to our financial statements, which are included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and
expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer be
payable following completion of this offering.
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA
allows us to compare our current operating results with
corresponding historical periods and with the operational
performance of other companies in our industry because it does
not give effect to potential differences caused by variations in
capital structures (affecting relative interest expense,
including the impact of write-offs of deferred financing costs
when companies refinance their indebtedness), tax positions
(such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in
effective tax rates or net operating losses), the book
amortization of intangibles (affecting relative amortization
expense), and other items that we do not consider reflective of
underlying operating performance. We also present Adjusted
EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities
analysts, investors, and other interested parties as a measure
of performance.
In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the
future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments
described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine, or
non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a
substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Some of these limitations are that it does reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital
requirements;
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service
interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the cost or cash required to replace assets that are being
depreciated or amortized; and
|
|
|
|
the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges
resulting from (i) royalties to our prior owner, including
amortization of royalties prepaid in connection with our
settlement, or (ii) management fees and expenses that were
payable until completion of this offering.
|
In addition, other companies, including other companies in our
industry, may calculate these measures differently than we do,
limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative
measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should
not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating
income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance
with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating
activities or as a measure of our liquidity. We compensate for
these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and
using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. For more information,
see our financial statements and the notes to those statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Restated(a)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
4,476
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
1,648
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
2,319
|
|
|
|
3,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
4,536
|
|
|
|
12,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(b)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(c)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
7,309
|
|
|
$
|
14,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements in our financial
statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See Note 2 to our
financial statements included with this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.2 million and $0.3 million for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to
the general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder following their investment in us. The
agreements relating to these arrangements have all terminated or
will terminate by their terms upon the closing of this offering.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. |
To date, we have not granted or issued any stock-based
compensation. We have adopted and implemented a stock incentive
plan pursuant to which we will periodically grant awards to our
directors, officers, employees, and other eligible participants.
Upon the consummation of this offering and pursuant to this
plan, we intend to make substantial awards to our new Chief
Executive Officer and to other employees, a significant
63
portion of which will be fully vested upon grant. As a result,
we expect to incur non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses
in future periods, including expenses of approximately
$5.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. Although we
believe that equity-plan related compensation will be a key
element of our employee relations and long-term incentives, we
intend to exclude it as an expense when evaluating our core
operating performance in any particular period. Accordingly,
following this offering, we intend to include stock-based
compensation expenses, along with management fees and expenses,
royalty expenses to our former owner, and any other expenses and
income that we do not consider reflective of our core operating
performance, as adjustments when calculating Adjusted EBITDA.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk
Market risk. We have no derivative financial
instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash
in excess of current operating requirements in short term
certificates of deposit and money market instruments.
Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate
risk by investing excess funds in cash equivalents and
marketable securities bearing variable interest rates, which are
tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may
fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or
we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell
securities that have declined in market value due to changes in
interest rates. At December 31, 2007 and September 30,
2008, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not
have a material impact on our future earnings, fair values, or
cash flows. All of our notes payable and capital lease
obligations are fixed rate instruments and are not subject to
fluctuations in interest rates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). This interpretation, among other
things, creates a two step approach for evaluating uncertain tax
positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise
concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical
merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of
benefit that more-likely-than-not will be realized upon
settlement. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously
recognized would occur when a company subsequently determines
that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not
threshold of being sustained. FIN 48 specifically prohibits
the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for
derecognition of tax positions, and it has expanded disclosures.
We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2008, and its adoption
did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157) which provides enhanced
guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.
SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition of fair
value, provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP
and expands disclosure requirements about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. We adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1,
2008, and its adoption did not have a material impact on our
financial position or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative - effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. We adopted of
SFAS No. 159 on January 1, 2008 and its adoption
did not have a material impact on our financial position or
results of operations.
64
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
22,000 students at September 30, 2008, representing a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 52%. At
December 31, 2007, our enrollment was approximately 14,800,
85% of our students were enrolled in our online programs, and
62% of our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to a March 2008 report from the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, or NCES, these disciplines ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, estimated in its 2008-09 Career Guide that
these fields comprised over 40 million jobs in 2006, many
of which require postsecondary education credentials.
Furthermore, the BLS has projected that the education, business,
and healthcare fields will generate approximately six million
new jobs between 2006 and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of September 30, 2008,
approximately 92% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at December 31, 2007 was approximately 14,800,
representing an increase of approximately 38% over our
enrollment at December 31, 2006. Our net revenue and
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$99.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively,
representing increases of 37.7% and 42.8%, respectively, over
the year ended December 31, 2006. Our enrollment at
September 30, 2008 was approximately 22,000, representing
an increase of approximately 63% over our enrollment at
September 30, 2007. Our net revenue and operating income
for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were
$109.6 million and $9.0 million, respectively,
representing increases of 60.1% and 305.5%, respectively, over
the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We believe our
growth is the result of a combination of factors, including our:
|
|
|
|
|
focus on our core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare;
|
|
|
|
convenient and flexible online delivery platform targeted at
working adults;
|
|
|
|
innovative marketing, recruitment, and retention
approach; and
|
|
|
|
expanding portfolio of academically rigorous, career-oriented
program offerings.
|
We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that reinforces
our reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented educational programs that advance the careers of
our students. As part of our efforts to ensure that our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills that will
enable them to succeed following graduation, we have established
an Office of Assessment and Institutional Research to monitor
student and faculty performance and improve student satisfaction.
65
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission and its predecessor since 1968, and we were
reaccredited in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. We are
regulated by the Department of Education as a result of our
participation in the federal student financial aid programs
authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, and, at
the state level, we are licensed to operate and offer our
programs by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. In addition, we have specialized accreditations for
certain programs from the Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education, and the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic
Training Education. We believe that our institution-wide state
authorization and regional accreditation, together with these
specialized accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs,
enhance their marketability, and improve the employability of
our graduates.
History
Grand Canyon College was founded in Prescott, Arizona in 1949 as
a traditional, private, non-profit college and moved to its
existing campus in Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. Established as a
Baptist-affiliated institution with a strong emphasis on
religious studies, the school initially focused on offering
bachelors degree programs in education. Over the years,
the school expanded its curricula to include programs in the
sciences, nursing, business, music, and arts. The college
obtained regional accreditation in 1968 from the Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools, the predecessor to the Higher Learning
Commission, and began offering nursing programs in the early
1980s and masters degree programs in education and
business in the 1980s. In 1989, it achieved university status
and became Grand Canyon University. The university introduced
its first distance learning programs in 1997, and launched its
first online programs in 2003 in business and education. In
early 2000, it discontinued its Baptist affiliation and became a
non-denominational Christian university.
In late 2003, the schools Board of Trustees initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted its operations to a for-profit institution.
In May 2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements. In its review, the
Department of Education concluded that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility and identified other
concerns about our administrative capability. As a result, the
Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system. At this time, our lead institutional
investor, Endeavour Capital, invested in us and provided the
capital to support the letter of credit requirement as well as
other working capital needs. In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire. In
2007, the Department of Education eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method.
Since February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management
team, expanded our online platform, increased our program
offerings, and initiated a marketing and branding effort to
further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We
have also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe these investments, combined with
our management expertise, provide a platform that will support
continued enrollment and revenue growth. Many of our ground
programs continue to include Christian study requirements. While
our online programs do not have such requirements, many include
ethics requirements and offer religious courses as electives.
Industry
Postsecondary education. The United States
market for postsecondary education represents a large and
growing opportunity. According to the March 2008 NCES report,
total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions
was over $385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, according to a September 2008 NCES
report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary
institutions was projected to be approximately 18.0 million
in 2007 and the number was projected to grow to
18.6 million by 2010. We
66
believe that future growth in this market will be driven, in
part, by an increasing number of job openings in occupations
that require bachelors or masters degrees. A
November 2007 report based on BLS data has projected the number
of such jobs to grow approximately 17% and 19%, respectively,
between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double the growth rate the BLS
projects for occupations that do not require postsecondary
degrees. Moreover, individuals with a postsecondary degree are
able to obtain a significant wage premium relative to
individuals without a degree. According to the U.S. Census
Bureau, in 2006, the median income for individuals
age 25 years or older with a bachelors or
masters degree was approximately 70% or 102% higher,
respectively, than for a high school graduate of the same age
with no college education.
According to the March 2008 NCES report, as of 2007 71% of
adults age 25 years or older did not possess a
bachelors or higher degree. In the September 2008
report, the NCES estimated that, as of 2006, adults
age 25 years or older represented 39% of total
U.S. postsecondary enrollments, or approximately
6.9 million students. We believe many of these students are
pursuing a postsecondary degree while employed in order to
increase their compensation or enhance their opportunities for
career advancement, often with their current employer. We
further believe that working adult students represent an
attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally. We expect that adults
age 25 years or older will continue to represent a
large and growing segment of the postsecondary education market.
Online postsecondary education. The market for
online postsecondary education is growing more rapidly than the
overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by Eduventures, LLC,
an education consulting and research firm, projected that from
2002 to 2007 enrollment in online postsecondary programs
increased from approximately 0.5 million to approximately
1.8 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 30.4%. In comparison, in September 2008 the
NCES projected a compound annual growth rate of 1.6% in
enrollment in postsecondary programs overall during the same
period. We believe this growth has been driven by a number of
factors, including the greater convenience and flexibility of
online programs as compared to ground-based programs and the
increased acceptance of online programs among academics and
employers. According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a
trade group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Education, business, and healthcare. The
education, business, and healthcare sectors represent a large
and growing market for postsecondary education. According to the
March 2008 NCES report, these fields ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We believe the popularity of these fields is driven
by the number and growth of employment opportunities. According
to its 2008-09 Career Guide, the BLS estimates that in 2006
these three fields employed more than 40 million people in
jobs that often require a postsecondary degree. Furthermore, the
BLS has projected that these sectors will generate approximately
six million incremental jobs between 2006 and 2016, not
including job openings resulting from natural attrition. We
believe there is a significant opportunity for education
providers that focus on offering students a career-focused
education in sectors of the workforce with strong job prospects,
particularly where demand for employees is growing but supply is
limited. In a 2007 report, the BLS stated that:
|
|
|
|
|
Education services was the second largest industry in the United
States and accounted for approximately 13 million jobs.
Nearly half of these jobs were teaching positions that require
at least a bachelors degree, and some required a
masters or doctoral degree. The BLS projected that job
openings in the education services sector will grow by
1.4 million between 2006 and 2016 as a result of overall
population growth and a nationwide focus on improving education
and access to education.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management, business, and financial occupations comprised
15 million jobs across all industries. The BLS projected
that job opportunities in this field will grow 10% between 2006
and 2016, adding a total of 1.6 million jobs during that
period.
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare was the largest industry in the United States,
accounting for approximately 14 million jobs and
encompassing seven of the 20 fastest growing occupations. The
BLS projected that employment growth in the healthcare sector
will increase by 3.0 million jobs between 2006 and 2016
principally due to increased demand for healthcare services as a
result of growth in the population in older age groups, rising
life expectancy, and advances in medical technology.
|
Competitive
Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare, which, according to the March 2008 NCES report,
ranked as three of the four most popular fields of postsecondary
education, based on degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We offer our students career-oriented, academically
rigorous educational programs, supported by specialized courses
within their select disciplines, which enable them to advance
their career prospects in these sectors. We seek to leverage our
historical presence in these disciplines with key branding
relationships, such as our relationship with business author and
industry leader Ken Blanchard, to differentiate our reputation
in the market place. We believe our focused approach enables us
to develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment. We believe that working adults are
attracted to the convenience and flexibility of our online
delivery platform because they can study and interact with
faculty and classmates during times that suit their schedules.
We also believe that working adults represent an attractive
student population because they are better able to finance their
education, more readily recognize the benefits of a
postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and completion
rates than students generally. At September 30, 2008,
approximately 60.0% of our online students were enrolled in
graduate degree programs.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We utilize Internet
marketing, seminar and event-based marketing, referrals, and
employer relationships to reach our targeted students. We
provide our enrollment counselors, who serve as our primary
contact with prospective students during the recruitment
process, with career advancement opportunities that promote
longevity and an entrepreneurial drive. We believe that our
enrollment counselors help project a consistent message
regarding our programs and increase the success rate of
converting leads to new enrollments. Finally, we have
implemented a detailed process for recruiting, enrolling, and
retaining new students through which we proactively provide
support to students at key points during their consideration of,
and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to enhance the
probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields. We continually review and
assess our programs and faculty to ensure that our programs
provide the knowledge and skills that lead to successful student
outcomes. We provide extensive student support services,
including administrative, library, career, and technology
support services, to help maximize the success of our students.
Our Office of Assessment and Institutional Research manages our
efforts to track student and faculty performance by monitoring
student outcomes and developing transparent, measurable
outcomes-based education programs.
Complementary online capabilities and campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among students and employers.
Our online students benefit from our flexible, interactive
online platform, which we believe
68
offers a highly effective delivery medium for our programs, yet
are enrolled in a university with a traditional campus, faculty,
facilities, and athletic programs. We require our online faculty
to undergo training in the delivery of online programs before
teaching their initial course, while our full-time ground
faculty help maintain the consistency and quality of our online
programs by supervising and conducting peer reviews of our
online faculty, and participating as subject matter experts in
the development of our online curricula. Our campus also offers
our ground students, faculty, and staff an opportunity to
participate in a traditional college experience.
Experienced executive management team with strong operating
track-record. Our executive management team
possesses extensive experience in the management and operation
of publicly-traded for-profit, postsecondary education
companies, as well as other educational services businesses,
including in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings. Our Executive Chairman and former Chief
Executive Officer, Brent Richardson, has worked in the
education services sector for more than 20 years and has
extensive experience in content development and prospective
student identification and recruitment. Dr. Kathy Player,
our President, has been with Grand Canyon University for
10 years, has played a key role in developing our
reputation for academic rigor and quality, and has been
instrumental in developing our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research.
Effective July 1, 2008, we hired Brian Mueller, Stan Meyer,
and Dan Bachus to serve as our Chief Executive Officer,
Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer,
respectively. Mr. Mueller has been involved in the
education industry for over 25 years, most recently as the
president of Apollo Group, Inc., a for-profit, postsecondary
education company and the parent company of the University of
Phoenix. Mr. Meyer, who also has over 25 years of
experience in the education industry, most recently served as
the executive vice president of marketing and enrollment for
Apollo Group, Inc. Mr. Bachus, who is a certified public
accountant, has worked in the education industry for
approximately seven years, including as the chief
accounting officer and controller for Apollo Group, Inc.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
continue to increase enrollment in our three core disciplines by
identifying, enrolling, and retaining students seeking careers
in the education, business, and healthcare fields. We believe,
due to the depth of the market in our core disciplines, that our
existing programs, some of which were only recently launched,
provide ample opportunity for growth. Our three core disciplines
serve markets that currently comprise over 40 million jobs,
many of which require postsecondary education, and the BLS has
projected in its 2008-09 Career Guide that these sectors will
continue to grow. In 2007, we increased the number of our
enrollment counselors by over 200 to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students in these fields. We intend to
continue to increase the number of our enrollment counselors and
our marketing personnel, and to provide these individuals with
the training and resources necessary to effectively and
efficiently drive enrollment growth and student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007, including the Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
program, and twelve new online programs in the first nine months
of 2008, including our first doctoral degree program, a
Doctorate of Education in Organizational Leadership. Our new
program offerings typically build on existing programs and
incorporate additional specialized courses, which offers our
students the opportunity to pursue programs that address their
specific educational objectives while allowing us to expand our
program offerings with only modest incremental investment. We
also seek to add new programs in additional targeted
disciplines, such as our recently launched programs in
psychology and digital media.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings. In our marketing
efforts, we emphasize the academic rigor and career orientation
of our programs.
69
We seek to promote our brand by establishing relationships with
industry leaders, such as Ken Blanchard, who have recognizable
identities with potential students and further validate the
quality and relevance of our program offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we can market our
offerings to their employees. As evidence of our success in
these initiatives to date, in the first nine months of 2008, we
taught courses at 29 hospitals and had direct billing
arrangements with 28 employers covering programs being pursued
by approximately 2,100 of their employees. We recently
established a national account sales team, consisting of
professionals with significant sales and marketing experience,
that seeks to develop strategic relationships on a regional,
national, and international basis across a wide range of
employers. These relationships provide leads for our programs,
build our recognition among employers in our core disciplines,
and enable us to identify new programs and degrees that are in
demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. Our current infrastructure is
capable of supporting a significantly larger number of
enrollment counselors, and we intend to expand this group in
order to continue to drive enrollment growth. We implemented a
new learning management system in 2007 to better serve the
demands of our growing student population and have expanded our
student and technology support capabilities to support a larger
student base. We have also invested in administrative and
management personnel and systems to prepare for our anticipated
growth. We intend to leverage our historical investments as we
increase our enrollment, which we believe will allow us to
increase our operating margins over time.
Our
Approach to Academic Quality
Some of the key elements that we focus on to promote a high
level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
|
|
Academically rigorous, career oriented
curricula. We create academically rigorous
curricula that are designed to enable all students to gain the
foundational knowledge, professional competencies, and
demonstrable skills required to be successful in their chosen
fields. Our curriculum is designed and delivered by faculty that
are committed to delivering a high quality, rigorous education.
We design our curricula to address specific career-oriented
objectives that we believe working adult students in the
disciplines we serve are seeking. Through this combination, we
believe that we produce graduates that can compete and become
leaders in their chosen fields.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified faculty. We demonstrate our
commitment to high quality education by hiring and contracting
qualified faculty with relevant practical experience.
Substantially all of our current faculty members hold at least a
masters degree in their respective field and approximately
29% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. Many of our
faculty members are able to integrate relevant, practical
experiences from their professional careers into the courses
they teach. We invest in the professional development of our
faculty members by providing training in ground and online
teaching techniques, hosting events and discussion forums that
foster sharing of best practices, and continually assessing
teaching effectiveness through peer reviews and student
evaluations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardized course design. We employ a
standardized curriculum development process to ensure a
consistent learning experience with frequent faculty-student
interaction in our courses. We thereafter continuously review
our programs in an effort to ensure that they remain consistent,
up-to-date,
and effective in producing the desired learning outcomes. We
also regularly review student surveys to identify opportunities
for course modifications and upgrades.
|
|
|
|
Effective student services. We establish teams
comprised of academic and administrative personnel that act as
the primary support contact point for each of our students,
beginning at the application stage and continuing through
graduation. In recent years, we have also concentrated on
improving the technology used to support student learning,
including enhancing our online
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
learning platform and further improving student services through
the implementation of online interfaces. As a result, many of
our support services, including academic, administrative,
library, and career services, are accessible online, generally
allowing users to access these services at a time and in a
manner that is generally convenient to them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continual academic oversight. We have
centralized the academic oversight and assessment functions for
all of our programs through our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research, which continuously evaluates the
academic content, delivery method, faculty performance, and
desired learning outcomes for each of our programs. We
continuously assess outcomes data to determine whether our
students graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills
that are necessary to succeed in the workplace. The Office and
Assessment and Institutional Research also initiates and manages
periodic examinations of our curricula by internal and external
reviewers to evaluate and verify program quality and workplace
applicability. Based on these processes and student feedback, we
determine whether to modify or discontinue programs that do not
meet our standards or market needs, or to create new programs.
The Office and Assessment and Institutional Research also
oversees regular reviews of our programs conducted by
accrediting commissions.
|
We also offer, for both our online and ground programs, the
following features in an effort to enrich the academic
experience of current and prospective students:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexibility in program delivery. We also seek
to meet market demands by providing students with the
flexibility to take courses exclusively online or to combine
online coursework with various campus and onsite options. For
example, based on market demand, particularly in connection with
our nursing programs, we have established satellite locations at
multiple hospitals that allow nursing students to take clinical
courses onsite while completing other course work online. We
have established similar onsite arrangements with other major
employers, including schools and school districts through which
students can pursue student teaching opportunities. This
flexibility raises our profile among employers, encourages
students to take and complete courses and eliminates
inconveniences that tend to lessen student persistence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Small class size. At September 30, 2008,
over 90% of our online classes had 25 or fewer students, with no
classes exceeding 40 students, and over 80% of our ground
classes had 25 or fewer students. These class sizes provide each
student with the opportunity to interact directly with course
faculty and to receive individualized feedback and attention
while also affording our faculty with the opportunity to engage
proactively with a manageable number of students. We believe
this interaction enhances the academic quality of our programs
by promoting opportunities for students to participate actively
and thus build the requisite knowledge, competencies, and skills.
|
71
Accreditation
and Program Approvals
We believe that the quality of our academic programs is
evidenced by the college- and program-specific accreditations
and approvals that we have pursued and obtained. Grand Canyon
University has been continually accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor since 1968, obtaining
its most recent
ten-year
reaccreditation in 2007. We are licensed in Arizona by the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, we have obtained the following specialized
accreditations and approvals for our core program offerings:
|
|
|
|
|
College
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program Approvals
|
|
Current Period
|
|
College of Education
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Education
approves our College of Education to offer Institutional
Recommendations for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators.
|
|
2008 - 2010
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs accredits our Master of Business
Administration degree program and our Bachelor of Science degree
programs in Accounting, Business Administration, and Marketing.
|
|
2007 - 2017
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education accredits our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing
and Master of Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Nursing
approves our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing and Master of
Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of
Athletic Training Education accredits our Athletic Training
Program.
|
|
2008 - 2013
|
Our regional accreditation with the Higher Learning Commission,
and our specialized accreditations and approvals for our core
programs, reflect the quality of, and standards we set for, our
programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the
employability of our graduates.
Curricula
We offer the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of
Education, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science,
Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science and a variety of
programs leading to each of these degrees. Many of our degree
programs also offer the opportunity to obtain one or more
emphases. We require students to take a minimum of three
designated courses to achieve a given emphasis. We also offer
certificate programs, which consist of a series of courses
focused on a particular area of study, for students who seek to
enhance their skills and knowledge. In addition, we began
offering our first doctoral degree program, a Doctorate of
Education in Organizational Leadership, in May 2008.
72
We offer our academic programs through our four distinct
colleges:
|
|
|
|
|
the College of Education, which has a nearly
60-year
history as one of Arizonas leading teachers colleges
and consistently graduates teachers who meet or exceed state
averages on the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessment exams;
|
|
|
|
the Ken Blanchard College of Business, which has a well-known
brand among our target student population, an advisory board
that includes nationally recognized business leaders, and a
reputation for offering career-oriented degree programs,
including an Executive MBA and programs in leadership,
innovation, and entrepreneurship;
|
|
|
|
the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, which has a strong
reputation within the Arizona healthcare community and is the
second largest nursing program in Arizona; and
|
|
|
|
the College of Liberal Arts, which develops and provides many of
the general education course requirements in our other colleges
and also serves as one of the vehicles through which we offer
programs in additional targeted disciplines.
|
We license the right to utilize the name of Ken Blanchard in
connection with our business school and Executive MBA Programs.
See Intellectual Property.
73
Under the overall leadership of our senior academic affairs
personnel and the deans of the individual colleges, each of the
colleges organizes its academic programs through various
departments and schools. At December 31, 2007, we offered
82 academic degree programs and emphases, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Education
|
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Arts in Teaching
|
|
|
|
Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Education
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Education Administration
Institutional Recommendation (IR)
Education Administration
Organizational Leadership
Education Administration
School Leadership
Elementary Education IR
Elementary Education
Non-IR
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading
Curriculum and Instruction:
Technology
Secondary Education IR
Secondary Education Non-IR
Special Education for Certified Special
Educators
Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Languages
Special Education IR
Special Education Non-IR
School Counseling K-12*
Elementary/Special Education*
Elementary Education Early
Childhood Education
Elementary Education
English
Elementary Education
Math
Elementary Education
Science
Secondary Education
Biology*
Secondary Education
Business Education
and Technology
Secondary Education
Chemistry*
Secondary Education
Mathematics
Secondary Education
Social Studies
Secondary Education
Physical Education
|
|
Master of Business Administration
Master of Science
Bachelor of Science
|
|
General Management
Health Systems Management
Leadership
Management of Information Systems
Marketing
Six Sigma
Leadership
Leadership Disaster Preparedness
Crisis Management
Executive Fire Leadership
Accounting
Business Administration
Business Administration
Healthcare Management
Business Administration
Management of Information Systems Marketing
Applied
Management Accounting
Finance
Entrepreneurial Studies
Public Safety Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
English for Secondary Teachers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
College of Liberal Arts
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Science Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner*
Nursing Leadership in Healthcare
Systems
Clinical Nurse Specialist*
Clinical Nurse Specialist (Education
Focus)*
Nursing Education
Biology Basic Science*
Biology Pre-Medicine*
Biology Pre-Pharmacy*
Biology Pre-Physician
Assistant*
Biology Pre-Physical Therapy*
Biology Pre-Occupational
Therapy*
Biology Pre-Veterinary*
Health Science: Professional Development
and Advanced Patient Care
Medical Imaging Sciences
Athletic Training*
Corporate Fitness and Wellness*
|
|
Bachelor of Arts in History*
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
Justice Studies*
Psychology
Sociology*
Communications Digital Media*
Communications Graphic Design*
Communications Public
Relations*
English Literature*
Interdisciplinary Studies
Communication
Christian Leadership
Intercultural Studies
Christian Studies
Biblical/Theological Studies
Christian Studies Pastoral
Ministry
Christian Studies Worship
Ministry
Christian Studies Youth
Ministry
Christian Leadership
|
|
|
Physical Education*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recreation*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate Minors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Coaching*
Behavioral Sciences* Business
Critical Thinking and Expression*
Exercise Science* Family Studies Health Education* History*
|
|
Justice Studies*
Physical Education*
Political Science*
Psychology*
Recreation*
Social Sciences*
Sociology*
Spanish*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
We have established relationships with health care systems,
school districts, emergency services providers, and other
employers through which we offer programs onsite to provide
flexibility and convenience to students and their employers. For
example, for our nursing programs, we offer clinical courses
onsite at hospitals and other healthcare centers with which we
have relationships, and also arrange to allow these students to
complete their clinical work onsite. We refer to students
attending a program with us through such relationships as
professional studies ground students.
We offer our programs through three 16-week semesters in a
calender year, with two starts available per semester for our
online students and our professional studies ground students and
one start available per semester for our traditional ground
students. During each semester, classes may last for five,
eight, or 16 weeks. Depending on the program, students generally
enroll in one to three courses per semester. We require online
students to complete two courses of three credits hours each
during a 16-week semester, with each student concentrating on
one course during each eight-week period. While there is no
explicit requirement, we communicate to our online students our
expectation that they access their online student classroom at
least four times each week in order to maintain an active
dialogue with their professors and classmates. Our online
programs provide a digital record of student interactions for
the course instructor to assess students levels of
engagement and demonstration of required competencies.
New
Program Development
We typically identify a potential new degree program or emphasis
area through market demand or from proposals developed by
faculty, staff, students, alumni, or partners, and then perform
an analysis of the
75
development cost and the long-term demand for the program. If,
following this analysis, we decide to proceed with the program,
our Curriculum Design and Development Team designates a subject
matter expert who works with other faculty and our curriculum
development personnel to design a program that is consistent
with our academically rigorous, career-oriented program
standards. The program is then reviewed by the dean of the
applicable college, the Academic Affairs Committee, our
President, and our provost and chief academic officer and,
finally, presented for approval to our Program Standards and
Evaluation Committee. Upon approval, the subject matter expert
develops a course syllabus and our Marketing Department creates
a marketing plan to publicize the new program. Our average
program development process is six months from proposal to
course introduction. The development process is typically longer
if we are expanding into a new field or offering a new type of
degree.
Assessment
In 2007, we established our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research to serve as our central resource for
assessing and continually improving our curricula, student
satisfaction and learning outcomes, and overall institutional
effectiveness. Among other things, the assessment team reviews
student course satisfaction surveys, analyzes archived student
assignments to assess whether a given program is developing
students foundational knowledge, professional
competencies, and skills to achieve the expected learning
outcomes, supervises and analyzes faculty peer reviews, and
monitors program enrollment and retention data. Based on this
data and the conclusions of the assessment team, we modify
programs as necessary to meet our student satisfaction and
educational development standards and make recommendations as to
adding or modifying programs.
Faculty
Our faculty includes full-time, ground-based faculty who teach
under a nine-month or twelve-month teaching contract, as well as
adjunct ground-based faculty and online faculty who we contract
to teach on a
course-by-course
basis for a specified fee. As of September 30, 2008, we
employed 460 ground-based faculty members, of which 53 were
full-time and 407 were part-time adjuncts, and maintained a pool
of over 1,000 online faculty members, all of whom had completed
our required training and 656 of which taught at least one
course during the first nine months of 2008. Substantially all
of our current faculty members hold at least a masters
degree in their respective field and approximately 29% of our
faculty members hold a doctoral degree. On occasion, we engage a
limited number of faculty members who may not hold a graduate
degree, but who evidence significant professional experience and
achievement in their respective subject areas.
We establish full-time, adjunct and online positions based on
program and course enrollment. As enrollment increases, we
expect to continue to increase our online faculty pool. We
manage faculty workload by limiting our faculty to a maximum of
four courses per semester and by restricting the number of
students per class.
We attract faculty through referrals by current faculty members
and advertisements in education and trade association journals,
as well as from direct inquiries through our website. We require
each new online faculty member to complete an online orientation
and training program that leads to certification and assignment.
We believe that potential faculty members are attracted to us
because of the opportunity to teach academically rigorous,
career-oriented material to motivated working adult students.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our
success, particularly because faculty members have more
interaction with our students than any other university
employee. Accordingly, we regularly review the performance of
our faculty, including by engaging our full-time ground faculty
and other specialists to conduct peer reviews of our online
faculty, monitoring the amount of contact that faculty have with
students in our online programs, reviewing student feedback, and
evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students. If we
determine that a faculty member is not performing at the level
that we require, we work with the faculty member to improve
performance, including by assigning him or her a mentor or
through other means. If the faculty members performance
does not improve, we terminate the faculty members
contract or employment.
76
Student
Support Services
Encouraging students that enter Grand Canyon University to
complete their degree programs is critical to the success of our
business. We focus on developing and providing resources that
support the student educational experience, simplify the student
enrollment process, acclimate students to our programs and our
online environment, and track student performance toward degree
completion. Many of our support services, including academic,
administrative, and library services, are accessible online and
are available to our online and ground students, allowing users
to access these services at a time and in a manner that is
generally convenient to them. The student support services we
provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a
variety of services designed to support their academic studies.
Our Center for Academic and Professional Success offers new
student orientation, academic advising, technical support,
research services, writing services, and other tutoring to all
our online and campus students.
Administrative services. We provide students
with the ability to access a variety of administrative services
both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students
can register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their
tuition and access their transcripts online. We believe this
online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service
capabilities that our students value. Our financial aid
counselors provide personalized online and telephonic support to
our students.
Library services. We provide a mix of online
and ground resources, services, and instruction to support the
educational and research endeavors of all students, faculty, and
staff, including ground and online libraries and a qualified
library staff that is available to help faculty and students
with research, teaching, and library resource instruction.
Collectively, our library services satisfy the criteria
established by the Higher Learning Commission and other
accrediting and approving bodies for us to offer undergraduate,
masters and doctoral programs.
Career services. For those students seeking to
change careers or explore new career opportunities, we offer
career services support, including resume review and evaluation,
career planning workshops, and access to career services
specialists for advice and support. Other resources that we
offer include a Job Readiness Program, which advises students on
matters such as people skills, resumes and cover letters, mock
interviews, and business etiquette; a job board, which
advertises employment postings and career exploration
opportunities; career counseling appointments and consultations;
and career fairs.
Technology support services. We provide online
technical support 16 hours per day during the week and
14 hours per day on weekends to help our students remedy
technology-related issues. We also provide online tutorials and
Frequently Asked Questions for students who are new
to online coursework.
Marketing,
Recruitment, and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of marketing
activities designed to position us as a provider of academically
rigorous, career-oriented educational programs, build strong
brand recognition in our core disciplines, differentiate us from
other educational providers, raise awareness among prospective
students, generate enrollment inquiries, and stimulate student
and alumni referrals. Our online target market includes working
adults focused on program quality, convenience, and career
advancement goals. Our ground target market includes traditional
college students, working adults seeking a high quality
education in a traditional college setting, and working adults
seeking to take classes with a cohort onsite at their
employers facility. In marketing our programs to
prospective students, we emphasize the value of the educational
experience and the academic rigor and career orientation of the
programs, rather than the cost or speed to graduation. We
believe this approach reinforces the qualities that we want
associated with our brand and also attracts students who tend to
be more persistent in starting and finishing their programs.
We have established dedicated teams, consisting of both
marketing and enrollment personnel, at each of our colleges to
lead our efforts to attract new students. We believe that these
blended groups, organized around each core discipline, promote
more effective internal communication within our sales and
marketing functions, allow deeper penetration within our target
markets due to each teams singular focus on a core
discipline, and
77
enable us to gain a better understanding of the attributes of
our students who ultimately enroll and graduate so that we can
target our marketing and enrollment processes accordingly.
To generate student leads, our marketing and enrollment
personnel employ an integrated marketing approach that utilizes
a variety of lead sources to identify prospective students.
These lead generation sources include:
|
|
|
|
|
Internet and affiliate advertising, which generates the majority
of our leads and which includes purchasing leads from
aggregators and also engaging in targeted, direct email
advertising campaigns, and coordinated campaigns with various
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
search engine optimization techniques, through which we seek to
obtain high placement in search engine results in response to
key topic and word searches and drive traffic to our website;
|
|
|
|
seminar and event marketing, in which our marketing and
enrollment personnel host group events at various venues,
including community colleges, corporations, and hospitals;
|
|
|
|
referrals from existing students, alumni, and employees;
|
|
|
|
a national accounts program that seeks to develop relationships
with employers in our core disciplines, including healthcare
providers, school districts, emergency services providers, and
large corporations, that may be interested in providing
dedicated and customized online and onsite educational
opportunities to their employees, and to encourage senior
executives to participate in executive training
programs; and
|
|
|
|
print and direct mail advertising campaigns, and other public
relations and communications efforts, including promoting our
athletic programs and student and alumni events.
|
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has
indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our programs, our
lead management system identifies and directs an enrollment
counselor to initiate immediate communication. The enrollment
counselor serves as the primary, direct contact for the
prospective student and the counselors goal is to help
that individual gain sufficient knowledge and understanding of
our programs so that he or she can assess whether there is a
good match between our offerings and the prospective
students goals. Upon the prospective students
submission of an application, the enrollment counselor, together
with our student services personnel, works with the applicant to
gain acceptance, arrange financial aid, if needed, register for
courses, and prepare for matriculation.
Our enrollment counselors typically have prior education
industry or sales experience. Each counselor undergoes a
standardized three-week training program that involves both
classroom and supervisor-monitored fieldwork and provides the
counselor with training in financial aid, regulatory
requirements, general sales skills, and our history and
heritage, mission, and academic programs. As of
September 30, 2008, we employed over 550 enrollment
counselors at facilities in Arizona and Utah and have capacity
at our existing locations to support approximately 700
enrollment counselors, which we expect to be sufficient to
handle our growth plans through 2009. We believe we can obtain
additional capacity to accommodate our growth plans beyond 2009
on terms acceptable to us and have plans to add up to three
additional facilities during the next six months.
Retention. We employ a retention team whose
purpose is to support the student in advancing from
matriculation through graduation. The retention team members,
among other things, monitor triggering events, such
as the failure to buy books for a registered course or to
participate in online orientation exercises, which signal that a
student may be at-risk for dropping out. Upon identifying an
at-risk student, specialists proactively interact with the
student to resolve any issues and encourage the student to
continue with his or her program. In 2006, we developed and
introduced our concierge system, which is a software
program that monitors and manages the resolution of student
issues, such as financial aid or technology problems, that, if
left unresolved, may lead to dissatisfaction and lower student
persistence. Under this system, each reported problem is issued
a ticket that is accessible by all functional groups
within Grand Canyon University and remains outstanding until the
problem is resolved. The system directs the ticket to personnel
best able to resolve the problem, and escalates the ticket to
higher levels if not resolved within appropriate time periods.
We have found that personally involving our employees in the
student educational process, and proactively seeking to resolve
issues before they become larger problems, can significantly
increase retention
78
rates among students. The concierge system also provides our
marketing and enrollment personnel with greater insight into the
qualities exhibited by successful students, which enables our
enrollment team to recruit and enroll higher quality applicants.
Admissions
Admission is available to qualified students who are at least
16 years of age. Applicants to our graduate programs must
generally have an undergraduate degree from an accredited
college, university, or program with a grade point average of
2.8 or greater, or a graduate degree from such a college,
university, or program. Undergraduate applicants may qualify in
various ways, including by having a high school diploma and an
unweighted grade point average of 2.25 or greater or a composite
score of 920 or greater on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, or a
passing score of 520 or greater on the General Education
Development (GED) tests. Some of our programs require a higher
grade point average
and/or other
criteria to qualify for admission. In addition, some students
who do not meet the qualifications for admission may be admitted
at our discretion. A student being considered for admission with
specification may be asked to submit additional information such
as personal references and an essay addressing academic history.
Students may also need to schedule an interview to help clarify
academic goals and help us make an informed decision.
Enrollment
At September 30, 2008, we had 21,957 students enrolled
in our courses, of which 19,287, or 87.8%, were enrolled in our
online programs, and 2,670, or 12.2%, were enrolled in our
ground programs. Of our online students, which were
geographically distributed throughout all 50 states of the
United States, and Canada, 91.6% were age 25 or older. Of
our ground students, which, although we draw students from
throughout the United States, were predominantly comprised of
students from Arizona, 63.0% were age 25 or older.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (which
included less than 100 students pursuing non-degree
certificates) by degree type and by instructional delivery
method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Masters
|
|
|
12,286
|
|
|
|
56
|
.0
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62
|
.1
|
%
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
9,671
|
|
|
|
44
|
.0
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37
|
.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
21,957
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Online
|
|
|
19,287
|
|
|
|
87
|
.8
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84
|
.7
|
%
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
|
12
|
.2
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15
|
.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
21,957
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional ground
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
Tuition
and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of program and by
degree level. For all graduate and undergraduate programs,
tuition is determined by the number of courses taken by each
student. For our
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline of the course. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740
block tuition for undergraduate ground students
taking between 12 and 18 credit
79
hours per semester, with an additional $645 per credit hour for
credits in excess of 18. A traditional undergraduate degree
typically requires a minimum of 120 credit hours. The minimum
number of credit hours required for a masters degree and
overall cost for such a degree varies by program although such
programs typically require approximately 36 credit hours. Our
new doctoral program in education, which is first being offered
in the 2008-09 academic year, costs $770 per credit hour and
requires approximately 60 credit hours.
We offer tuition scholarships to select students, including
online students, athletes, employees, and participants in
programs we offer through relationships with employers. For the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the nine months
ended September 30, 2008, our revenue was reduced by
approximately $8.0 million, $10.3 million, and
$11.9 million, respectively, as a result of scholarships
that we offered to our students.
We have established a refund policy for tuition and fees based
upon semester start dates. If a student drops or withdraws from
a course during the first week of the semester, 100% of the
charges for tuition and fees are refunded, while during the
second and third weeks of a semester 75% and 50%, respectively,
of the tuition charges are refunded but none of the fees.
Following the third week of the semester, tuition and fees are
not refunded. Fees charged by us include application and
graduation fees of $100 and $150, respectively, as well as fees
for dropping or withdrawing from courses after the beginning of
the semester. This tuition and fees refund policy is different
from, and applies in addition to, the return of Title IV
funds policy we are required to use as a condition of our
participation in the Title IV programs.
Sources
of Student Financing
Our students finance their education through a combination of
methods, as follows:
Title IV programs. The federal government
provides for grants and loans to students under the
Title IV programs, and students can use those funds at any
institution that has been certified as eligible by the
Department of Education. Student financial aid under the
Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of a
students financial need, which is generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount the student and the students family can reasonably
contribute to that cost. All students receiving Title IV
program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress
toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each
school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
students.
During fiscal 2007, we derived approximately 74.0% of our
revenue (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with
Department of Education standards) from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs. The primary Title IV programs
that our students receive funding from are the Federal Family
Education Loan, or FFEL, Program, and the Federal Pell Grant, or
Pell, Program, which are described below:
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL. Under the FFEL Program, banks and other
lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program
includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS
Program (which provides loans to graduate and professional
studies students as well as parents of dependent undergraduate
students), and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a
student defaults on an FFEL loan, payment to the lender is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who
demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford
loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government
pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and
during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment,
until the students obligation to repay the loan begins.
Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and
are available to students who do not qualify for a subsidized
Stafford loan or, in some cases, in addition to a subsidized
Stafford loan. Loan funds are disbursed to us, and we in turn
disburse the amounts in excess of tuition and fees to students.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective July 1, 2008, under the Federal Stafford Loan
Program, a dependent undergraduate student can borrow up to
$5,500 for the first academic year, $6,500 for the second
academic year, and $7,500 for each of the third and fourth
academic years. Students classified as independent,
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
and dependent students whose parents were denied a parent loan
for undergraduate students, can obtain up to an additional
$4,000 for each of the first and second academic years and an
additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic
years. Students enrolled in graduate programs can borrow up to
$20,500 per academic year. Students enrolled in certain
graduate-level health programs can receive an additional $12,500
per academic year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pell. Under the Pell Program, the Department
of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who
demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2008, the
maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell
Program is $4,731. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the
Higher Education Act, students will be able for the first time
to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round
basis, which means that the amount a student can receive in a
given year will be more than the traditionally defined maximum
annual amount.
|
Our students also receive funding under other Title IV
programs, including the Federal Perkins Loan Program, the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the
Federal Work-Study Program, the National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant Program. We have been approved by the
Department of Education to participate in the Federal Direct
Loan Program, under which the Department of Education rather
than a private lender makes the loans to students, and we are
prepared for our students to begin receiving loans under that
program if we determine that such lending is necessary to
continue our students access to Title IV loans. The
types of loans, the maximum annual loan amounts and other terms
of the loans made under the Federal Direct Loan Program are
similar to those for loans made under the FFEL Program.
Other financial aid programs. In addition to
the Title IV programs listed above, eligible students may
participate in several other financial aid programs or receive
support from other governmental sources. These include veterans
educational benefits administered by the U.S. Department of
Veterans Affairs and state financial aid programs. During fiscal
2007 and the first nine months of 2008, we derived an immaterial
amount of our net revenue from tuition financed by such programs.
Private loans. Some of our students also use
private loan programs to help finance their education. Students
can apply to a number of different lenders for private loans at
current market interest rates. Private loans are intended to
fund a portion of students cost of education not covered
by the Title IV programs and other financial aid. During
fiscal 2007, payments derived from private loans constituted
approximately 5.1% of our cash revenue. Third-party lenders
independently determine whether a loan to a student is
classified as subprime, and, based on these determinations,
payments to us derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue.
Other sources. We derived the remainder of our
net revenue from tuition that is self-funded or attributable to
employer tuition reimbursements.
Technology
Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a secure, reliable, scalable
technology system that provides a high quality online
educational environmental and gives us the capability to
substantially grow our online programs and enrollment.
Online course delivery and management. In
2007, we implemented the ANGEL Learning Management Suite, which
is a web-based system and collaboration portal that stores,
manages, and delivers course content; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; enables assignment
uploading; and supplies online evaluation tools. The system also
provides centralized administration features that support the
implementation of policies for content format and in-classroom
learning tools. We continually seek to develop and implement
features that enhance the online classroom experience, such as
delivering course content through streaming video, which we
began for selected courses in the fall of 2008.
Internal administration. We utilize a
commercial customer relations management package to distribute,
manage, track, and report on all prospective student leads
developed, both internally and externally. We also utilize a
commercial software package to track Title IV funds,
student records, grades, accounts receivable,
81
and accounts payable. Each of these packages is scalable to
capacity levels well in excess of current requirements.
Infrastructure. We operate two data centers,
one at our campus and one at a third party co-location facility.
All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data
backup. We manage our technology environment internally. Our
wide area network uses multi-protocol label switching technology
for maximum availability and flexibility. Student access is
provided through redundant data carriers in both data centers
and is load balanced for maximum performance. Real-time
monitoring provides current system status across server,
network, and storage components.
Ground
Campus
Our ground campus is located on approximately 90 acres in
the center of the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near
downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist of 43
buildings with more than 500,000 square feet of space,
which include 63 classrooms, three lecture halls, a 500-seat
theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are
available to students 18 hours per day, a 68,000-volume
physical library, and a media arts complex that provides
communications students with audio and video equipment. We house
our ground students in on-campus student apartments and
dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students.
We have 18 athletic teams that compete in Division II of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Our athletic
facilities include two gymnasiums, which accommodate basketball,
volleyball, and wrestling, as well as facilities for our
baseball, softball, tennis, lacrosse, and swimming programs. Our
baseball program has produced more than ten Major League
Baseball players.
We believe our ground-based programs and traditional campus not
only offers our ground students, faculty, and staff an
opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience,
but also provides our online students, faculty, and staff with a
sense of connection to a traditional university. Additionally,
our full-time ground faculty play an important role in
integrating online faculty into our academic programs and
ensuring the overall consistency and quality of the ground and
online student experience. We believe our mix of a rapidly
growing online program, anchored by a traditional ground-based
program with a nearly
60-year
history and heritage, differentiates us from most other
for-profit postsecondary education providers.
Employees
In addition to our faculty, as of September 30, 2008, we
employed 1,121 staff and administrative personnel in university
services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment
services, university administration, financial aid, information
technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance, and
other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party
to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us. We
consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities
serving traditional and adult students. Competition is highly
fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, modality,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one
institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary
market.
Our ground program competes with Arizona State University,
Northern Arizona University, and the University of Arizona, the
in-state public universities, as well as two-year colleges
within the state community college system. To a limited extent,
our ground program also competes with geographically proximate
universities with similar religious heritages, including Azusa
Pacific University, Baylor University, and Seattle Pacific
University. Our online programs compete with local, traditional
universities geographically located near each of our prospective
students, and with other for-profit postsecondary schools that
offer online degrees, particularly those schools that offer
online graduate programs within our core disciplines, including
Capella
82
University, University of Phoenix, and Walden University. In
addition, many public and private schools, colleges, and
universities, including most major colleges and universities,
offer online programs.
Non-profit institutions receive substantial government
subsidies, and have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to
for-profit
schools. Accordingly, non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those
in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors,
including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition
and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable
them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also
expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants
to the online education market, including established colleges
and universities that had not previously offered online
education programs.
We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary
education market include:
|
|
|
|
|
availability of career-oriented and accredited program offerings;
|
|
|
|
the types of degrees offered and marketability of those degrees;
|
|
|
|
reputation, regulatory approvals, and compliance history of the
school;
|
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and
classes;
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty;
|
|
|
|
level of student support services;
|
|
|
|
cost of the program;
|
|
|
|
marketing and selling effectiveness; and
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree.
|
Property
Our ground campus occupies approximately 90 acres in
Phoenix, Arizona. We lease the campus under a lease that expires
in 2024. Renewal terms under this lease allow for us to extend
the current lease for up to four additional five-year terms. We
also lease two additional enrollment facilities, one in Utah and
one in Arizona and have plans to add up to three additional
enrollment facilities during the next six months.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third
parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances,
our course content is produced for us by faculty and other
subject matter experts under work for hire agreements pursuant
to which we own the course content in return for a fixed
development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course
content from a third party on a royalty fee basis.
We are parties to an exclusive license agreement with Blanchard
Education, LLC pursuant to which we license the right to name
our business school The Ken Blanchard College of
Business and to use the name of Ken Blanchard to promote
our business school and business degree programs. In return, we
pay royalties to the licensor equal to a fixed percentage of our
net tuition received in respect of our upper level business
courses. The agreement expires in June 2011, and is
automatically renewable for an additional five years unless
terminated by either party within six months prior to such
expiration date.
We rely on trademark and service mark protections in the United
States for our name and distinctive logos, along with various
other trademarks and service marks related to our specific
offerings. We also own domain name rights to
www.gcu.edu, as well as other words and
phrases important to our business.
83
Legal
Proceedings
On February 28, 2007, we filed a complaint against SunGard
Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa County
Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to a technology services
agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted
the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to arbitrate.
SunGard has also counterclaimed alleging breach of contract
relating to the parties technology services agreement.
Following discovery, the arbitration occurred in late May 2008
and final arguments were heard in July 2008. We sought
approximately $1.4 million from SunGard, and SunGard
counterclaimed for approximately $2.5 million. On
October 22, 2008, the arbitration panel awarded SunGard net
damages in the amount of approximately $250,000 plus interest.
We will also be responsible for paying a share of the related
arbitration expenses.
On August 14, 2008, the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education served an administrative subpoena on
Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records
and information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. See
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule. We are cooperating with the Office of Inspector
General to facilitate its investigation, but cannot presently
predict the ultimate outcome of the investigation or any
liability or other sanctions that may result.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam
lawsuit that had been filed against us in August 2007, in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by
a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. All
proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal until
September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first
amended complaint, which had been filed on August 11, 2008.
The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we
violated the False Claims Act by knowingly making false
statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at
least 2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims
paid or approved, and asserts that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of
the Title IV law governing compensation of such employees,
and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. The complaint specifically alleges that some of our
compensation practices with respect to our enrollment personnel,
including providing non-cash awards, have violated the
Title IV law governing compensation. While we believe that
the compensation policies and practices at issue in the
complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students
in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances, and some of these practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, are not within the
scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount
of unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in
connection with our receipt of Title IV funding, a civil
penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act,
attorneys fees, costs, and interest. A number of similar
lawsuits have been filed in recent years against educational
institutions that receive Title IV funds. We have filed a
motion to dismiss the qui tam lawsuit and plan to contest
it vigorously.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices
violated the incentive compensation law, we could experience an
adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be subject
to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and could adversely affect our stock price. We cannot
presently predict the ultimate outcome of this case or any
liability or other sanctions that may result. It is possible
that, during the course of the litigation, other information may
be discovered that would adversely affect the outcome of the
litigation.
From time to time, we are a party to various other lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as
plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which,
individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or
results of operation.
84
REGULATION
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education
agencies, accrediting commissions, and the federal government
through the Department of Education under the Higher Education
Act. The regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies
cover the vast majority of our operations, including our
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and
certificates, we are required to be authorized by appropriate
state education authorities. In addition, in order to
participate in the federal programs of student financial
assistance for our students, we must be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through
which an institution submits to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the
accrediting commission and the stated aims and purposes of the
institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting
commissions recognized by the Department of Education to review
and monitor many aspects of an institutions operations and
to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the
accrediting commissions standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department
of Education due to our participation in federal student
financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher
Education Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the
Title IV programs. The Title IV programs include
educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a
students default on repaying the loan, and also grant
programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To
participate in the Title IV programs, a school must receive
and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education.
Our business activities are planned and implemented to comply
with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a
full-time director of compliance who is knowledgeable about
regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs
and our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer,
and General Counsel also provide oversight designed to ensure
that we meet the requirements of our regulated operating
environment.
State
Education Licensure and Regulation
We are authorized to offer our programs by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency
governing private postsecondary educational institutions in the
state of Arizona, where we are located. We do not presently have
campuses in any states other than Arizona. We are required by
the Higher Education Act to maintain authorization from the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order
to participate in the Title IV programs. This authorization
is very important to us and our business. To maintain our state
authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to,
among other things, educational programs, facilities,
instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and
educational programs, and various operational and administrative
procedures. Failure to comply with the requirements of the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could
result in us losing our authorization to offer our educational
programs, which would cause us to lose our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and which, in turn,
could force us to cease operations. Alternatively, the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could restrict
our ability to offer certain degree programs.
Most other states impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state
educational institutions operating within their boundaries, such
as those having a physical facility or recruiting students
within the state. State laws establish standards in areas such
as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
other operational matters, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. Laws in
some states limit schools ability to offer educational
programs and award degrees to residents of those states. Some
states also prescribe financial regulations that are different
from those of the Department of Education, and many require the
posting of surety bonds.
85
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction
over educational institutions offering online degree programs
that have no physical location or other presence in the state
but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. New laws,
regulations, or interpretations related to doing business over
the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states,
which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues
and have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have determined that our activities in certain states
constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under
the requirements of the state education agency in those states.
In other states, we have obtained approvals as we have
determined necessary in connection with our marketing and
recruiting activities or where we have determined that our
licensure or authorization can facilitate the teaching
certification process in a particular state for graduates of our
College of Education. We review the licensure requirements of
other states when appropriate to determine whether our
activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise
require licensure or authorization by the respective state
education agencies. We believe we are licensed or authorized in
those jurisdictions where a license or authorization is
currently required, and we do not believe that any of the states
in which we are currently licensed or authorized, other than
Arizona, are individually material to our operations.
Nevertheless, because we enroll students in all 50 states and
the District of Columbia, we expect that other state regulatory
authorities will request that we seek licensure or authorization
in their states in the future. Although we believe that we will
be able to comply with additional state licensing or
authorization requirements that may arise or be asserted in the
future, if we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain
licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our
state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to
other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in
that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of licensure or
authorization in a state other than Arizona could prohibit us
from recruiting prospective students or offering services to
current students in that state, which could significantly reduce
our enrollments.
State
Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must
satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in specified
fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These
requirements vary by state and by field. A students
success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically
depends on several factors, including the background and
qualifications of the individual graduate, as well as the
following factors, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a
professional association;
|
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
requirements for professional licensure in that state;
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if
so, by what accrediting commissions; and
|
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other
states in which a student may seek to work.
|
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or
examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in certain
fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify
individuals if they have already been certified in another state.
Our College of Education is approved by the Arizona State Board
of Education to offer Institutional Recommendations
(credentials) for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators. Our
College of Nursing and Health Services is approved by the
Arizona State Board of Nursing for the Bachelor of Science in
Nursing and Master of Science Nursing degrees. Due
to
86
varying requirements for professional licensure in each state,
we inform students of the risks associated with obtaining
professional licensure and that it is each students
responsibility to determine what state, local, or professional
licensure and certification requirements are necessary in his or
her individual state.
Accreditation
We have been institutionally accredited since 1968 by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor, each a regional
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Our accreditation was reaffirmed in 2007 for the
maximum term of 10 years as part of a regularly scheduled
reaffirmation process. Accreditation is a private,
non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of
educational institutions and their programs in areas including
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by the
Department of Education, accrediting commissions must adopt
specific standards for their review of educational institutions,
conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and publicly
designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An
accredited school is subject to periodic review by its
accrediting commissions to determine whether it continues to
meet the performance, integrity and quality required for
accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the
Department of Education, each with a specified geographic scope
of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting
colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six
regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission, which accredits Grand Canyon University, is the same
regional accrediting commission that accredits such universities
as the University of Arizona, Arizona State University, and
other degree-granting public and private colleges and
universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri,
Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to
us for several reasons, including the fact that it enables our
students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges
and universities depend, in part, on an institutions
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications
to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating candidates credentials, and
students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition
reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that
an institution maintains quality educational standards. If we
fail to satisfy the standards of the Higher Learning Commission,
we could lose our accreditation by that agency, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs.
In connection with our reaccreditation by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007, the Higher Learning Commission identified
certain deficiencies in the areas of library staffing and
resources, assessment, and resources for our on-ground
operations. We are addressing these deficiencies and expect to
provide a monitoring report regarding our progress in these
areas to the Higher Learning Commission in February 2009.
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are
numerous specialized accrediting commissions that accredit
specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of
which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation
of specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting
commissions signifies that those programs have met the
additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being
accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have the
following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
accredits our Master of Business Administration degree program
and our Bachelor of Science degree programs in Accounting,
Business Administration, and Marketing;
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits our
Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science
Nursing degree programs; and
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
accredits our Athletic Training Program.
|
87
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized
accrediting commissions, we could lose the specialized
accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific requirements contained in
the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder
by the Department of Education. An institution must, among other
things, be licensed or authorized to offer its educational
programs by the state in which it is physically located (in our
case, Arizona) and maintain institutional accreditation by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. We submitted our application for recertification in
March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our
provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department
of Education did not make a decision on our recertification
application by June 30, 2008 and therefore our
participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically
extended on a
month-to-month
basis until the Department of Education makes its decision.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools
through the Title IV programs, the large number of students
and institutions participating in these programs, and
allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational
institutions have caused Congress to require the Department of
Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over
for-profit educational institutions. As a result, our
institution is subject to extensive oversight and review.
Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations (as it will do in connection with the August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act described below) and
changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we
cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV program
requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to the Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional action. Congress must
reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis,
usually every five to six years, and the most recent
reauthorization occurred in August 2008. The reauthorized Higher
Education Act reauthorized all of the Title IV programs in
which we participate, but made numerous revisions to the
requirements governing the Title IV programs, including
provisions relating to the relationships between institutions
and lenders that make student loans, student loan default rates,
and the formula for revenue that institutions are permitted to
derive from the Title IV programs. In addition, in 2007
Congress enacted legislation that reduces interest rates on
certain Title IV loans and government subsidies to lenders
that participate in the Title IV programs. In May 2008,
Congress enacted additional legislation to attempt to ensure
that all eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV
loans in the future, and that a sufficient number of lenders
will continue to provide Title IV loans. Additional
legislation is also pending in Congress. We are not in a
position to predict with certainty whether any of the pending
legislation will be enacted. The elimination of certain
Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for
participation in such programs, or the substitution of
materially different programs could increase our costs of
compliance and could reduce the ability of some students to
finance their education at our institution.
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for the
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels
for the Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some
of our students to finance their education. The loss of or a
significant reduction in Title IV program funds available
to our students could reduce our enrollments and revenue.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each
institution must apply periodically to the Department of
Education for continued certification to participate in the
Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is
required every six years, but may be required earlier, including
when an institution undergoes a change in control. An
institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a
new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it
offers. The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such
as when an institution is certified for the first time or
undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional
certification, the institution must
88
comply with any additional conditions included in the
schools program participation agreement with the
Department of Education. In addition, the Department of
Education may more closely review an institution that is
provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or
approval to open a new location, add an educational program,
acquire another school, or make any other significant change. If
the Department of Education determines that a provisionally
certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities
under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke
the institutions certification to participate in the
Title IV programs without advance notice or opportunity for
the institution to challenge the action. Students attending
provisionally certified institutions remain eligible to receive
Title IV program funds.
The Department of Education issued our current program
participation agreement in May 2005, after an extended review
following the change in control that occurred in February 2004.
In the May 2005 recertification, the Department of Education
placed us on provisional certification status and imposed
certain conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a
letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our
program offerings and enrollment, and receive certain
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment (pursuant to which an institution is required to
credit students with Title IV funds prior to obtaining
those funds from the Department of Education) rather than by
advance payment (pursuant to which an institution receives
Title IV funds from the Department of Education in advance
of disbursement to students). In October 2006, the Department of
Education eliminated the letter of credit requirement and
allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and in August 2007,
it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method.
Since May 2005 we have been certified to participate in
Title IV programs on a provisional basis. We submitted our
application for recertification in March 2008 in anticipation of
the expiration of our provisional certification on June 30,
2008. The Department of Education did not make a decision on our
recertification application by June 30, 2008 and therefore
our provisional certification to participate in the
Title IV programs has been automatically extended on a
month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its
decision. Provisional certification means that the Department of
Education may more closely review applications for
recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
acquisitions of other schools, or other significant changes. For
a school that is certified on a provisional basis, the
Department of Education may revoke the institutions
certification without advance notice or advance opportunity for
the institution to challenge that action. For a school that is
provisionally certified on a month-to-month basis, the
Department of Education may allow the institutions
certification to expire at the end of any month without advance
notice, and without any formal procedure for review of such
action. To our knowledge, such action is very rare and has only
occurred upon a determination that an institution is in
substantial violation of material Title IV requirements.
For the foreseeable future, we do not have plans to establish
new locations, acquire other schools, or make other significant
changes in our operations. With the exception of our newly
instituted doctoral program in education, which is accredited
but not yet eligible for Title IV funding and which is
immaterial to our operations, we do not have any plans to
initiate new educational programs that would require approval of
the Department of Education. Accordingly, we do not believe that
our continued provisional certification on a month-to-month
basis has had or will have any material impact on our day-to-day
operations. However, there can be no assurance that the
Department of Education will recertify us while the
investigation by the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui
tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it will not
impose restrictions as a condition of approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification. If the Department of Education does not renew
or withdraws our certification to participate in the
Title IV programs at any time, our students would no longer
be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the
Department of Education could renew our certification, but
restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV
funds, limit the number of students to whom we could disburse
such funds, or place other restrictions on us.
Administrative capability. Department of
Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an
institution must establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in the
Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability
standards, an institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;
|
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs;
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory
academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified
levels;
|
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and
safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required
records;
|
|
|
|
administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and
balances in its system of internal controls;
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector
General any credible information indicating that any student,
parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the
institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct
involving the Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely
manner; and
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the
Department of Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its
students previously received;
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of
Title IV funds to heightened cash monitoring status or the
reimbursement system of payment;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the institutions participation in the
Title IV programs.
|
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability requirements, our
students could lose, or be limited in their access to,
Title IV program funding.
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education
Act and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
Grand Canyon University must satisfy in order to participate in
the Title IV programs. The Department of Education
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an
annual basis, based on the institutions annual audited
financial statements, as well as when the institution applies to
the Department of Education to have its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs recertified. The most
significant financial responsibility standard is the
institutions composite score, which is derived from a
formula established by the Department of Education based on
three financial ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital
resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;
|
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability
to operate at a profit or within its means.
|
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the
results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to
positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness
and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department
of Education then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio
and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to
produce a composite score for the institution. The composite
score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further Department
of Education oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things,
provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with
Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial
obligations including required refunds to students and any
Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt
payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed
opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
90
When we were recertified by the Department of Education in 2005
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, the
Department of Education advised us that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility, based on our fiscal year
2004 financial statements, as submitted to the Department of
Education. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, based
upon its review of our fiscal year 2005 financial statements. We
subsequently submitted our fiscal year 2006 and 2007 financial
statements to the Department of Education as required, and we
calculated that our composite score for those years
exceeded 1.5. We therefore believe that we meet the
Department of Educations financial responsibility
standards for our most recently completed fiscal year.
If the Department of Education were to determine that we did not
meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to
meet the composite score or other factors, we would expect to be
able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative
basis permitted by the Department of Education, which could
include, in the Departments discretion, posting a letter
of credit, accepting provisional certification, complying with
additional Department of Education monitoring requirements,
agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an
arrangement other than the Department of Educations
standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement
system of payment or heightened cash monitoring,
and/or
complying with or accepting other limitations on our ability to
increase the number of programs we offer or the number of
students we enroll.
The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions
imposed by the Department of Education could increase our cost
of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with
the other standards of financial responsibility, and could not
post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative
bases for establishing financial responsibility, our students
could lose their access to Title IV program funding.
Return of Title IV funds for students who
withdraw. When a student who has received
Title IV funds withdraws from school, the institution must
determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student
has earned. If the student withdraws during the
first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the
amount of Title IV program funds that the student has
earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student
received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible.
If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the
student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV
program funds he or she received. The institution must then
return the unearned Title IV program funds to the
appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely
manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the
date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, the institution will be
required to submit a letter of credit to the Department of
Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the
institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its
most recently completed fiscal year. Under Department of
Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program
funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit
sample in the institutions annual Title IV compliance
audit for either of the institutions two most recent
fiscal years or in a Department of Education program review
triggers this letter of credit requirement. We did not exceed
this 5% threshold in our annual Title IV compliance audit
for either of our two most recent fiscal years.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of
the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule provides that an institution loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs, if, under a complex
regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution
derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year from
Title IV program funds. This rule applies only to
for-profit postsecondary educational institutions, including us.
Any institution that violates the rule becomes ineligible to
participate in the Title IV programs as of the first day of
the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which it exceeds
the 90% threshold, and it is unable to apply to regain its
eligibility until the next fiscal year. If an institution
exceeds the 90% threshold for a fiscal year and it and its
students have received Title IV funds for the next fiscal
year, it will be required to return those funds to the
91
applicable lender or the Department of Education. The August
2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes
significant revisions to the 90/10 Rule, effective
upon the date of the laws enactment. Under the revised
law, an institution is subject to loss of eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs only if it exceeds the
90% threshold for two consecutive years, the period of
ineligibility is extended to at least two years, and an
institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be
placed on provisional certification. Using the Department of
Educations formula under the 90/10 Rule, for
our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years we derived approximately 71.5 %
and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues (calculated on a cash
basis) from Title IV program funds. Recent changes in
federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits,
and any additional increases in the future, may result in an
increase in the revenues we receive from the Title IV
programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy
the
90/10
Rule. In addition, economic downturns that adversely
affect our students employment circumstances could also
increase their reliance on Title IV programs. However, such
effects may be mitigated by other provisions of the recent
Higher Education Act reauthorization that allow institutions,
when calculating their compliance with this revenue test, to
exclude from their Title IV revenues for a three-year
period the additional federal student loan amounts that became
available starting in July 2008, and to include more
non-Title IV revenues, such as revenues from institutional
loans under certain circumstances.
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of their
FFEL student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal
fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of
student defaults for each institution (known as a cohort
default rate). An institutions FFEL cohort default
rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the
rate at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment
obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted by the end of
the following federal fiscal year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
FFEL cohort default rates for each of the three most recent
federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institutions
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after that notification, unless the institution
appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institutions participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification by the Department of Education
that its most recent FFEL cohort default rate is greater than
40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on
specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An
institution whose participation ends under either of these
provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the
remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives
the notification and for the next two fiscal years.
If an institutions FFEL cohort default rate equals or
exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institutions access to Title IV program
funds, but an institution on provisional status is subject to
closer review by the Department of Education if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change, and the Department of Education may revoke
such institutions certification without advance notice if
it determines that the institution is not fulfilling material
Title IV program requirements. Our cohort default rates on
FFEL program loans for the 2004, 2005, and 2006 federal fiscal
years, the three most recent years for which such rates have
been calculated, were 1.4%, 1.8%, and 1.6%, respectively. The
August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes
significant revisions to the requirements concerning FFEL cohort
default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which
students defaults on their loans are included in the
calculation of an institutions cohort default rate has
been extended by one additional year, which is expected to
increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That
change will be effective with the calculation of
institutions cohort default rates for federal fiscal year
2009, which are expected to be calculated and issued by the
Department of Education in 2012. The revised law also increased
the threshold for ending an institutions participation in
the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective
in 2012.
If our students begin taking out loans under the Federal Direct
Loan Program, those loans will be combined with our
students FFEL loans in calculating our annual student loan
cohort default rate. In such case, the potential sanctions
discussed in this section would be based on the combined cohort
default rate.
92
Incentive compensation rule. An institution
that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment,
admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. The Department
of Educations regulations set forth 12 safe
harbors which describe payments and arrangements that do
not violate the incentive compensation rule. The Department of
Educations regulations make clear that the safe harbors
are not a complete list of permissible practices under this law.
One of these safe harbors permits adjustments to fixed salary
for enrollment personnel provided that such adjustments are not
made more than twice during any twelve month period, and that
any adjustment is not based solely on the number of students
recruited, admitted, enrolled, or awarded financial aid. While
we believe that our compensation policies and practices have not
been based on success in enrolling students in violation of
applicable law, the Department of Educations regulations
and interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not
establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances
and, in a limited number of instances, our actions have not been
within the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. In addition, such safe harbors do not
address non-cash awards to enrollment personnel. The
restrictions of the incentive compensation rule also extend to
any third-party companies that an educational institution
contracts with for student recruitment, admissions, or financial
aid awarding services. Since 2005, we have engaged Mind Streams,
LLC to assist us with student recruitment activities.
In recent years, several for-profit education companies have
been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui
tam cases, brought by current or former employees
alleging that their institution had made impermissible incentive
payments. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by
one or more individuals (a relator) on behalf of the
federal government for an alleged submission to the government
of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or
former employee, is entitled to a share of the governments
recovery in the case. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or
her own expense on behalf of the government.
In this regard, on September 11, 2008, we were served with
a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed against us in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the
District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf of the
federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had been
under seal until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed
the first amended complaint, which had been filed on
August 11, 2008. The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among
other things, that we violated the False Claims Act by knowingly
making false statements, and submitting false records or
statements, from at least 2001 to the present, to get false or
fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that we have
improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in
violation of the Title IV law governing compensation of
such employees, and as a result, improperly received
Title IV program funds. The complaint specifically alleges
that some of our compensation practices with respect to our
enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have
violated the Title IV law governing compensation. While we
believe that our compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling
students in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within
the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount
of unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in
connection with our receipt of Title IV funding, a civil
penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act,
attorneys fees, costs, and interest. In our case, the
qui tam lawsuit was initially filed under seal in 2007
and was unsealed and served on us following the
governments decision not to intervene at this time. We
have filed a motion to dismiss the qui tam lawsuit and
plan to contest it vigorously.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
is responsible for, among other things, promoting the
effectiveness and integrity of the Department of
Educations programs and operations, including compliance
with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of
Inspector General performs investigations of alleged violations
of law, including cases of alleged fraud and abuse, or other
identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed
by the Department of Education, including matters related to the
incentive
93
compensation rule. On August 14, 2008, the Office of
Inspector General served an administrative subpoena on Grand
Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records and
information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. Based on the records
and information requested in the subpoena, we believe the Office
of Inspector General is conducting an investigation focused on
whether we have compensated any of our enrollment counselors or
managers in a manner that violated the Title IV statutory
requirements or the related Department of Education regulations
concerning the payment of compensation based on success in
securing enrollments or financial aid. The Department of
Education may impose fines and other monetary penalties as a
result of a violation of the incentive compensation law and such
fines and other monetary penalties may be substantial. In
addition, the Department of Education retains the authority to
impose other sanctions on an institution for violations of the
incentive compensation law. The possible effects of a
determination of a regulatory violation are described more fully
in Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Potential effect of
regulatory violations. We are cooperating with the Office
of Inspector General to facilitate its investigation and are
currently reviewing documents and emails that may be responsive
to the Office of Inspector Generals subpoena.
Any fine or other sanction resulting from the Department of
Education investigation or otherwise, or any monetary liability
resulting from the qui tam action, could damage our
reputation and impose significant costs on us, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. We cannot presently
predict the ultimate outcome of the qui tam lawsuit or
the Office of Inspector General investigation or any liability
or other sanctions that might result.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to
announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by
various external agencies, including the Department of
Education, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing
agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans, the Department of
Veterans Affairs, and accrediting commissions. As part of the
Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of
institutions administration of the Title IV programs,
the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually
submit to the Department of Education a Title IV compliance
audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education
audit standards. In addition, to enable the Department of
Education to make a determination of an institutions
financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Privacy of student records. The Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the
Department of Educations FERPA regulations require
educational institutions to protect the privacy of
students educational records by limiting an
institutions disclosure of a students personally
identifiable information without the students prior
written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow
students to review and request changes to their educational
records maintained by the institution, to notify students at
least annually of this inspection right, and to maintain records
in each students file listing requests for access to and
disclosures of personally identifiable information and the
interest of such party in that information. If an institution
fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may
require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate
an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In
addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard
student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or
GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal
financial information held by financial institutions and other
entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and
the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among
other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written
information security program designed to protect against the
unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial
information of students, parents, or other individuals with whom
such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution
fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be
required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring
and oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and be
subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit
educational institutions are also subject to the general
deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to
their collection, use, and disclosure of student information.
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If
we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing the
Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose
one or more sanctions, including transferring us to the
reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds,
94
requiring us to post a letter of credit in favor of the
Department of Education as a condition for continued
Title IV certification, taking emergency action against us,
initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or
terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, or
referring the matter for civil or criminal prosecution. Since we
are provisionally certified to participate in the Title IV
programs on a month-to-month basis, the Department of Education
could allow our certification to expire at the end of any month
without advance notice and without any formal procedure for
review of such action. In addition, the agencies that guarantee
FFEL loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit,
suspend, or terminate our eligibility to provide FFEL loans in
the event of certain regulatory violations. If such sanctions or
proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a
substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in
the Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues, and
results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program
funds was reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. We
believe that one or more private organizations would be willing
to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no
assurance that this would be the case. The interest rate and
other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as
favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might
be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative
assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection
with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that
we would be able to arrange alternative funding on any terms to
replace all the Title IV funding our students receive.
Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available Title IV program funding for our students, would
be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a
result of our participation in the Title IV programs, we
are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to
regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third
parties, such as present or former students or employees and
other members of the public.
Uncertainties, increased oversight, and changes in student
loan environment. During 2007 and 2008, student
loan programs, including the Title IV programs, have come
under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education,
Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties. Issues
that have received extensive attention include allegations of
conflicts of interest between some institutions and lenders that
provide Title IV loans, questionable incentives given by
lenders to some schools and school employees, allegations of
deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans, and
schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several
institutions and lenders have been cited for these problems and
have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle
those claims. The practices of numerous other schools and
lenders are being examined by government agencies at the federal
and state level. The Attorney General of the State of Arizona
requested extensive documentation and information from us and
other institutions in Arizona concerning student loan practices,
and we provided testimony in response to a subpoena from the
Attorney General of the State of Arizona about such practices.
We have agreed with the Attorney General of the State of Arizona
to conclude this matter by executing a Letter of Assurance,
whereby we will agree to conduct referrals of students to
lenders in accordance with our existing policies or any new
policies promulgated by the State of Arizona in the future, and
by reimbursing the state for the costs of its investigation in
the amount of approximately $20,000. As a result of this
scrutiny, Congress has passed new laws, the Department of
Education has enacted stricter regulations, and several states
have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state laws that further
regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and school personnel.
These new laws and regulations, among other things, limit
schools relationships with lenders, restrict the types of
services that schools may receive from lenders, prohibit lenders
from providing other types of funding to schools in exchange for
Title IV loan volume, require schools to provide additional
information to students concerning institutionally preferred
lenders, and significantly reduce the amount of federal payments
to lenders who participate in the Title IV loan programs.
In addition, recent adverse market conditions for consumer loans
in general have begun to affect the student lending marketplace.
The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions has
caused some lenders to cease providing Title IV loans to
students, including some lenders that have previously provided
Title IV loans to our students.
95
Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees
associated with the Title IV loans they do provide. We and
other schools have had to modify student loan practices in ways
that result in higher administrative costs. If the costs of
their Title IV loans increase, some students may decide not
to take out loans and not enroll in a postsecondary institution.
In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to
ensure that all eligible students will be able to obtain
Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient number
of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans. Among
other things, the new legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loan funding.
The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans
remains in a state of flux, with reviews of many institutions
and lenders still pending and with additional legislative and
regulatory changes being actively considered at the federal and
state levels. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any
resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces
students access to Title IV loans, may adversely
affect our student enrollments. We have been approved by the
Department of Education to participate in the Federal Direct
Loan Program, under which the Department of Education rather
than a private lender makes the loans to students, and we are
prepared for our students to begin receiving loans under that
program if we determine that such lending is necessary to
continue our students access to Title IV loans.
Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with
expanding our operations or other changes are subject to review
or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational
programs, and increasing enrollment. The
requirements and standards of state education agencies,
accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education limit
our ability in certain instances to establish additional
teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or
increase enrollment in certain programs. Many states require
review and approval before institutions can add new locations or
programs, and Arizona also limits the number of undergraduate
nursing students we may enroll (which represents a small portion
of our overall nursing program). The Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission,
and other state education agencies and specialized accrediting
commissions that authorize or accredit us and our programs
generally require institutions to notify them in advance of
adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the quality of the
facility or the program and the financial, academic, and other
qualifications of the institution. For instance, following
applications we filed in December 2006, we received approval
from the Higher Learning Commission and the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education in March 2008 to add our
first doctoral level program.
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution
participating in the Title IV programs plans to add a new
location or educational program, the institution must generally
apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
location or educational program designated as within the scope
of the institutions Title IV eligibility. However, a
degree-granting institution such as us is not required to obtain
the Department of Educations approval of additional
programs that lead to an associate, bachelors,
professional, or graduate degree at the same degree level as
programs previously approved by the Department of Education.
Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance
approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful
employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an
educational program that has previously been designated by the
Department of Education as an eligible program at that
institution if it meets certain minimum-length requirements.
However, as a condition for an institution to participate in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, the Department of
Education can require prior approval of such programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add
or the extent to which an institution can modify existing
educational programs. If an institution that is required to
obtain the Department
96
of Educations advance approval for the addition of a new
program or new location fails to do so, the institution may be
liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds received
by the institution or students in connection with that program
or enrolled at that location.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not
acquired any other schools in the past, we may seek to do so in
the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state
education agencies and accrediting commissions require a company
to seek their approval if it wishes to acquire another school.
In our case, we would need to obtain the approval of the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education or other state
education agency that licenses the school being acquired, the
Higher Learning Commission, any other accrediting commission
that accredits the school being acquired, and the Department of
Education. The level of review varies by individual state and
accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an
acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval
after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education
certifying the acquired school to participate in the
Title IV programs under our ownership. The restrictions
imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay
or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some
circumstances.
Provisional certification. Each institution
must apply to the Department of Education for continued
certification to participate in the Title IV programs at
least every six years, or when it undergoes a change in control,
and an institution may come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding an
educational program, or modifying the academic credentials that
it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards. In addition, if a company acquires a
school from another entity, the acquired school will
automatically be placed on provisional certification when the
Department of Education approves the transaction. During the
period of provisional certification, the institution must comply
with any additional conditions or restrictions included in its
program participation agreement with the Department of
Education. Students attending provisionally certified
institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program
funds, but if the Department of Education finds that a
provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that
action. In addition, the Department of Education may more
closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if
it applies for recertification or approval to open a new
location, add an educational program, acquire another school, or
make any other significant change.
We are currently provisionally certified to participate in the
Title IV programs on a month-to-month basis. The Department
of Education issued our current program participation agreement
in May 2005, after an extended review following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004. The Department of
Educations 2005 recertification imposed certain conditions
on us, including a requirement that we post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment. In October 2006, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the
heightened cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the
advance payment method. We submitted our application for
recertification in March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration
of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The
Department of Education did not make a decision on our
recertification application by June 30, 2008 and therefore
our participation in the Title IV programs has been
automatically extended on a
month-to-month
basis until the Department of Education makes its decision.
There can be no assurance that the Department of Education will
recertify us while the investigation by the Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education is being conducted, while
the qui tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it
will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our
pending recertification application or with respect to any
future recertification.
Change in ownership resulting in a change in
control. Many states and accrediting commissions
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain
approval of certain changes in control and changes in other
97
aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of
and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the
states and accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval
in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution
to retain its accredited status, but the Higher Learning
Commission does not set specific standards for determining when
a transaction constitutes a change in ownership. In addition, in
the event of a change in ownership, the Higher Learning
Commission requires an onsite evaluation within six months in
order to continue the institutions accreditation. Our
other specialized accrediting commissions also require an
institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event
that constitutes the change in control under their standards.
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common
stock in the definition of a change in control requiring
approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in
control vary widely. The standards of the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education provide that an institution
undergoes a change in control if there is a transfer of 50% or
more of its voting stock over a five-year period. In our case,
we believe the five-year period to apply this standard would
begin after our prior change in control in February 2004 and
therefore would include the acquisition of voting stock by the
Endeavour Entities in 2005, as well as the issuance and sale of
voting stock in connection with the offering. A change in
control under the definition of one of the other state agencies
that regulate us might require us to obtain approval of the
change in control in order to maintain our authorization to
operate in that state, and in some cases such states could
require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that
undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and must apply to the
Department of Education in order to reestablish such
eligibility. If an institution files the required application
and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may
temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis
following the change in control, so that the institutions
students retain access to Title IV program funds until the
Department of Education completes its full review. In addition,
the Department of Education will extend such temporary
provisional certification if the institution timely files other
required materials, including the approval of the change in
control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting
commission and an audited balance sheet showing the financial
condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the
date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet
any of these application and other deadlines, its certification
will expire and its students will not be eligible to receive
Title IV program funds until the Department of Education
completes its full review, which commonly takes several months
and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the
application after a change in control, it will certify the
institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to
approximately three years.
For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely
held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education
regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change
in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in
the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation.
For such a corporation, the Department of Education will
generally find that a transaction results in a change in control
if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the
outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or a
person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding
voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or
control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases
to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, the
Richardson family will continue to own or control more than 25%
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation following the
offering.
We have submitted a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, which has informed us that the proposed
offering will not trigger a change in ownership resulting in a
change in control under the Department of Educations
regulations.
The Higher Learning Commission has informed us that it will
consider the offering to be a change in control under its
policies, and we have obtained the Higher Learning
Commissions approval to consummate the offering. As a
result of its determination that the offering will be a change
in control, the Higher Learning Commission has informed us that
it will conduct a site visit within six months of consummation
of the offering to confirm the appropriateness of the approval
and to evaluate whether we continue to meet the Higher Learning
Commissions eligibility criteria. In addition, based on
our communications with the Arizona
98
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education, we believe the
offering will be a change in control under Arizona law.
Accordingly, following the consummation of the offering, we will
be required to file an application with the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education in order to obtain such
approval. We cannot predict whether the Higher Learning
Commission or the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education will impose any limitations or conditions on us, or
identify any compliance issues related to us in the context of
the change in control process, that could result in our loss of
accreditation or authorization by such agency, as applicable.
Any failure to comply with the requirements of either the Higher
Learning Commission or the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, or a failure to obtain their approval
of the change in control, could result in our loss of
accreditation or authorization by such agency, as applicable,
which, in turn, would result in our loss of eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and cause a
significant decline in our student enrollments.
We also notified other accrediting commissions and state
agencies, as we believed necessary, of this offering and the
reasons why we believe this offering will not constitute a
change in control under their respective standards, or to
determine what is required if any such commission or agency does
consider the offering to constitute a change in control. We do
not expect that this offering will result in a change in control
for any of those agencies, or that any of those agencies will
require us to obtain their approval in connection with this
offering. If any of those agencies deemed this offering to be a
change in control, we would have to apply for and obtain
approval from that agency according to its procedures or suspend
offering the applicable programs or suspend our activities in
that state until we receive the required approval.
A change in control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which we are involved following the consummation
of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. In addition, Department of Education regulations
provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded
corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either:
(i) there is an event that would obligate the corporation
to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the
corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the
largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the
largest stockholder. These standards are subject to
interpretation by the Department of Education. A significant
purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future,
including a disposition of voting stock by the Richardson
family, could be determined by the Department of Education to be
a change in control under this standard. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the
adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could
discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Additional state regulation. Most state
education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have
sought to assert jurisdiction over
out-of-state
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In addition
to Arizona, we have determined that our activities in certain
states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to
the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or
be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our
activities in that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of
licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona could
prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering
services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
99
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our
executive officers, directors, and
director-nominees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Executive Chairman
|
Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
W. Stan Meyer
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Dr. Kathy Player
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Grand Canyon University President
|
Chad N. Heath
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
Director
|
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Brent D. Richardson has been serving as our Executive
Chairman since July 1, 2008. Mr. Richardson previously
served as our Chief Executive Officer from 2004 to
July 2008. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
chief executive officer of Masters Online, LLC, a company that
provided online educational programs and marketing services to
several regionally and nationally accredited universities. Prior
to 2000, Mr. Richardson served as director of sales and
marketing and later general manager of the Educational Division
of Private Networks, a company that produced customized distance
learning curricula for the healthcare and automotive industries.
Mr. Richardson has over 20 years of experience in the
education industry. Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of
Science degree in Finance from Eastern Illinois University.
Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson are brothers.
Brian E. Mueller has been serving as our Chief Executive
Officer since July 1, 2008. From 1987 to 2008,
Mr. Mueller was employed by Apollo Group, Inc., a
for-profit, postsecondary education company and the parent
company of the University of Phoenix, serving since January 2006
as its president and a director. Mr. Mueller previously
served as the chief operating officer of Apollo Group from
December 2005 to January 2006, as chief executive officer of the
University of Phoenix Online, a unit of the University of
Phoenix, from March 2002 to November 2005, and as chief
operating officer and senior vice president of the University of
Phoenix Online from May 1997 to March 2002. From 1987 to May
1997, Mr. Mueller held several positions in operations
management for Apollo Group. From 1983 to 1987, Mr. Mueller
was a professor at Concordia University. Mr. Mueller earned
his Master of Arts in Education degree and his Bachelor of Arts
degree in Education from Concordia University.
John E. Crowley has been serving as our Chief Operating
Officer since 2004. Prior to 2004, Mr. Crowley served as
the President of Educational Resources, a national distributor
of educational software, technology solutions, and related
services, and as president of Youth In Motion, Inc., a
distributor of educational materials. Mr. Crowley earned
his Bachelor of Finance degree and Master of Business
Administration degree from Western New England College.
Christopher C. Richardson has been serving as our General
Counsel since 2007 and as a director since 2004. From 2004 to
2007, Mr. Richardson served as legal counsel in our Office
of General Counsel. Prior to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
the chief operating officer for Masters Online, LLC, a company
that provided online educational programs and marketing services
to several regionally and nationally accredited universities.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in
Political Science from Brigham Young
100
University, and Juris Doctor from the University of Arizona
College of Law, where he graduated summa cum laude. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson are brothers.
Daniel E. Bachus has been serving as our Chief Financial
Officer since July 1, 2008. From January 2007 until June
2008, Mr. Bachus served as chief financial officer for Loreto
Bay Company, a real estate developer. From 2000 to 2006, Mr.
Bachus served as the chief accounting officer and controller of
Apollo Group, Inc., a for-profit, postsecondary education
company and the parent company of the University of Phoenix.
From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Bachus was employed by Deloitte
& Touche LLP, most recently as an audit senior manager. Mr.
Bachus earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy from
the University of Arizona and his Master in Business
Administration degree from the University of Phoenix. Mr. Bachus
is also a certified public accountant.
W. Stan Meyer has been serving as our Executive Vice
President since July 1, 2008. From August 2002 to June
2008, Mr. Meyer was employed by Apollo Group, Inc., a
for-profit, postsecondary education company and the parent
company of the University of Phoenix, serving since June 2006 as
its executive vice president of marketing and enrollment.
Mr. Meyer previously served as a regional vice president of
the University of Phoenix Online, a unit of the University of
Phoenix, and division director of Axia College and of the School
of Advanced Studies. From 1983 to 2002, Mr. Meyer held
several positions with the Concordia University system,
including director for Concordia Universitys education
network. Mr. Meyer earned a Doctor of Education in
Institutional Management degree and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Pepperdine University and a Bachelor
of Arts in Communications degree from Concordia University.
Timothy R. Fischer has been serving as our Chief
Administrative Officer since July 1, 2008. Mr. Fischer
previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2005 until
July 2008. Prior to 2005, Mr. Fischer served as an
independent management and financial consultant to both public
and private companies in the Phoenix, Arizona area.
Mr. Fischer is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and is licensed as a certified
public accountant by the New Mexico State Board of Public
Accountancy. Mr. Fischer earned his Bachelor of Business
Administration degree from Eastern New Mexico University.
Michael S. Lacrosse has been serving as our Chief
Information Officer since August 2006. From February 2001 to
August 2006, Mr. Lacrosse served as chief information
officer of Trax Technology, a global transportation management
firm, and 21st Century Learning, an educational technology
company which provides supplemental curriculum to K-12 students,
professional development opportunities for teachers and
administrators, as well as programs for parents.
Dr. Kathy Player has been serving as Grand Canyon
University President since July 31, 2008. From 2007 to July
2008 she served as our Provost and Chief Academic Officer. From
1998 to 2007, Dr. Player served in several other leadership
roles at Grand Canyon University, including most recently
as Dean of the Ken Blanchard College of Business.
Dr. Player earned her Doctorate of Education degree in
Counseling Psychology from the University of Sarasota, a Master
of Business Administration degree and a Master of Science degree
in Nursing Leadership from Grand Canyon University, a Master of
Science degree in Counseling from Nova Southeastern University,
and a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing from St.
Josephs College.
Chad N. Heath has been serving as a director of Grand
Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Heath is a managing
director of Endeavour Capital, a private equity firm based in
Portland, Oregon that currently manages over $925 million
in equity capital. Prior to joining Endeavour Capital,
Mr. Heath served as a principal at Charterhouse Group
International, a New York-based private equity firm focused on
middle-market transactions. Prior to Charterhouse,
Mr. Heath worked in the investment banking division of
Merrill Lynch. Mr. Heath currently sits on the board of
directors of Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson
Auction Company) and Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba:
Dri-Eaz Products). Mr. Heath received a Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration degree, magna cum laude, from
Georgetown University.
D. Mark Dorman has been serving as a director of
Grand Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Dorman is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital. Prior to joining
Endeavour Capital, Mr. Dorman served as an investment
banker at Green Manning & Bunch, a Denver-based
investment banking firm focused on merger and acquisition
transactions and advisory work for middle-market clients across
the West. He also served in the investment banking groups of
Boettcher & Company and Morgan Stanley.
Mr. Dorman currently sits on the boards of directors of PSI
Services Holding Inc. (dba: Policy Studies); SpeeCo, Inc.;
Skagit Northwest
101
Holdings, Inc. (dba: Dri-Eaz Products); and Barrett-Jackson
Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson Auction Company).
Mr. Dorman received a Bachelor of Science degree from
Lewis & Clark College and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Harvard Business School.
David J. Johnson has been nominated and has agreed to
serve as a member of our board of directors effective upon the
closing of the offering. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Johnson
served as chief executive officer and chairman of the board of
KinderCare Learning Centers, Inc., a for-profit provider of
early childhood education and care services, and from 1991 to
1996, he served as president, chief executive officer, and
chairman of the board of Red Lion Hotels, Inc., a hotel company,
each of which were portfolio companies of Kohlberg Kravis
Roberts & Co. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson
served as a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a
private equity investment firm, from 1989 to 1991, as president,
chief operating officer and director of Dillingham Holdings, a
diversified company, from 1986 to 1988, and as president and
chief executive officer of Cal Gas Corporation, a principal
subsidiary of Dillingham Holdings, which was also a portfolio
company of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., from 1984 to
1987. Mr. Johnson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the
University of Oregon and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Southern California.
Jack A. Henry has been nominated and has agreed to serve
as a member of our board of directors effective upon the closing
of the offering. Mr. Henry began his career with Arthur
Andersen in 1966, and in 2000 retired as the managing partner of
the Phoenix office. In 2000, Mr. Henry formed Sierra Blanca
Ventures LLC, a private investment and advisory firm. He
currently serves on the boards of directors of White Electronics
Design Corporation and Point Blank Solutions, both of which are
public reporting companies, and several other private companies.
Mr. Henry previously served on the boards of directors of
Simula, Inc., SOS Staffing Services, Inc., Vodavi
Technology, Inc., Tickets.com, and VistaCare, Inc., all public
reporting companies. Mr. Henry currently serves as
President of the Arizona Chapter of the National Association of
Corporate Directors. Mr. Henry holds a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Michigan.
Other than Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson, who are
brothers, there are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
In conjunction with the hiring of our new management team, we
anticipate that John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer,
will transition out of his role with us within the next
12 months in order to pursue other interests.
Apollo Group, Inc. and certain of its current and former
officers and directors, including Messrs. Mueller and
Bachus, are named as defendants in various litigation matters
arising out of alleged misconduct in connection with
Apollos stock option grant practices and related financial
statement reporting. As disclosed in Apollo Groups most
recent Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
one of these cases, a derivative action, has been settled. A
securities class action arising from substantially the same
facts and allegations is ongoing. In addition to the litigation
in connection with the stock grant process, Mr. Bachus was
also originally named as a defendant in a securities class
action relating to Apollos disclosures regarding a
preliminary Department of Education program review report. Mr.
Bachus was dismissed as a defendant in this matter prior to
trial. A subsequent jury verdict in plaintiffs favor in
that action has been overturned by the trial court, although the
trial courts decision has been appealed. Mr. Bachus also
was originally named as a defendant in a related, ongoing
derivative action, but was not named in the current, amended
complaint in that action.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of four persons,
including two independent directors, Messrs. Heath and
Dorman. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our board
will consist of at least six directors, our four current
directors and our two director-nominees, four of whom will be
independent.
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each
director other than Brent D. Richardson and Christopher C.
Richardson, and each director nominee, is
independent, as defined by the Marketplace Rules of
the Nasdaq Stock Market. Under the Marketplace Rules, a director
can be independent only if the director does not trigger a
categorical bar to independence and our board of directors
affirmatively determines that the
102
director does not have a relationship which, in the opinion of
our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of
independent judgment by the director in carrying out the
responsibilities of a director.
With respect to Messrs. Dorman and Heath, our board of
directors considered their roles as managing directors of
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, which is the general partner of the
Endeavour Entities, and the fact that the Endeavour Entities own
a significant, although non-controlling, number of shares of our
capital stock. See Beneficial Ownership of Common
Stock. In addition, the board of directors considered the
fact that we are a party to a professional services agreement
with Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, which will terminate by its
terms upon the closing of this offering, pursuant to which
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC serves as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters in exchange for a
consulting fee. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Endeavour Professional Services
Agreement. The board of directors also considered the fact
that we are a party to a stockholders agreement with the
Endeavour Entities, which will terminate by its terms upon the
closing of this offering, and an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, among others, in connection with their
ownership of our capital stock, portions of which will survive
the closing of this offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Stockholders
Agreement and Investor Rights
Agreement. After reviewing the existing relationships
between us and the Endeavour Entities, and considering that the
affiliation between Messrs. Dorman and Heath and the
Endeavour Entities will positively align their interests with
those of our public stockholders, our board of directors has
affirmatively determined (with Messrs. Dorman and Heath
abstaining) that, in its judgment, Messrs. Dorman and Heath
meet the applicable independence standards established by the
Nasdaq Stock Market.
At each annual meeting, our stockholders elect our full board of
directors. Directors may be removed at any time for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power then entitled to vote.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors directs the management of our business
and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its
business through meetings of the board of directors. Effective
upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will
establish three standing committees: an audit committee; a
compensation committee; and a nominating and governance
committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees
may be established under the direction of the board of directors
when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of
the board committees will comply, when required, with the
applicable rules of Nasdaq and applicable law. Our board of
directors will adopt a written charter for each of the standing
committees. These charters will be available on our website
following the completion of the offering.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee will
consist of Messrs. Henry (chair) and Johnson, each of whom will
be independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of Nasdaq and the federal securities laws. Mr. Henry
also qualifies as an audit committee financial
expert, as defined by the federal securities laws and
required by Nasdaq. Our audit committee will be directly
responsible for, among other things, the appointment,
compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent
registered public accounting firm. The oversight includes
reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement with the
firm, approving any additional professional services provided by
the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm. Commencing
with our first report on internal controls over financial
reporting, the committee will be responsible for discussing the
effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting
with the firm and relevant financial management.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation
committee will consist of Messrs. Johnson (chair), Heath, and
Dorman, each of whom is or will be independent, as
defined under and required by the rules of Nasdaq, a
non-employee director under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, and an outside director for purposes
of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code. The compensation committee will be
responsible for, among other things, supervising and reviewing
our affairs as they relate to the compensation and benefits of
our executive officers. In carrying out these responsibilities,
the compensation committee will review all components of
executive compensation for consistency with our compensation
philosophy and with the interests of our stockholders.
103
Nominating and Governance Committee. Our
nominating and governance committee will consist of Messrs.
Heath (chair) and Dorman, each of whom is
independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of Nasdaq. The nominating and governance committee will be
responsible for, among other things, identifying individuals
qualified to become board members; selecting, or recommending to
the board, director nominees for each election of directors;
developing and recommending to the board criteria for selecting
qualified director candidates; considering committee member
qualifications, appointment and removal; recommending corporate
governance principles, codes of conduct and compliance
mechanisms; and providing oversight in the evaluation of the
board and each committee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
There are no interlocking relationships requiring disclosure
under the applicable rules promulgated under the
U.S. federal securities laws.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
For information concerning limitation of liability and
indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers
and, in certain cases, employees, please see Description
of Capital Stock located elsewhere in this prospectus.
104
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with Compensation of Named Executive
Officers and the related tables that follow.
Overview
The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis is to
provide information about each material element of compensation
that we pay or award to, or that is earned by, our named
executive officers, who consist of our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, and our three other most
highly compensated executive officers. For our 2007 fiscal year,
our named executive officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson, our Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson, our General Counsel;
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer, currently our Chief Administrative Officer
and formerly our Chief Financial Officer; and
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse, our Chief Information Officer.
|
This compensation discussion and analysis addresses and explains
the compensation practices we followed in 2007, the numerical
and related information contained in the summary compensation
and related tables presented below, and actions we have taken
regarding executive compensation since the end of our 2007
fiscal year, including in connection with our hiring of
additional senior management personnel.
Compensation
Determinations
Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with a
relatively small number of stockholders, including our lead
outside investor, Endeavour Capital, and we have not been
subject to exchange listing requirements requiring us to have a
majority independent board or to exchange or SEC rules relating
to the formation and functioning of board committees, including
audit, nominating, and compensation committees. As such, most,
if not all, of our compensation policies, and determinations
applicable to our named executive officers, have been the
product of negotiation between our named executive officers and
Endeavour Capital. For additional information regarding the
compensation committee of our board of directors that will
oversee our compensation program following the completion of
this offering, please see Management Board
Committees.
Objectives
of Compensation Programs
We pay our executive officers based on business performance and
individual performance, and, in setting compensation levels, we
take into consideration our past practices and our current and
anticipated future needs, and the relative skills and experience
of each individual executive. To date, we have not utilized the
services of a compensation consultant and have not engaged in
any benchmarking when making policy-level or individual
compensation determinations. Rather, compensation decisions to
date have been the product of negotiations between
Messrs. Heath and Dorman, who constitute all of our
non-employee directors, and our named executive officers.
Compensation philosophy. Under our
compensation philosophy, a named executive officers total
compensation will vary based on our overall performance and with
the particular named executive officers personal
performance and contribution to overall results. This philosophy
generally applies to all of our employees, with a more
significant level of variability and compensation at risk
depending upon an employees function and level of
responsibility. Our overall goals in implementing this
philosophy are to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified
individuals responsible for guiding us and creating value for
our investors.
105
Compensation objectives. We believe that the
compensation program we follow helps us achieve the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be related to
performance. We believe that the
performance-based portion of an individuals total
compensation should increase as the individuals business
responsibilities increase. Thus, a material portion of executive
compensation should be linked to our and the individuals
performance, which also serves to align the named executive
officers interests with those of our investors.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be competitive and cost effective. We
believe that our compensation programs should foster an
innovative, high integrity, and performance-oriented culture
that serves to attract, motivate, and retain executives and
other key employees with the appropriate skill sets to lead us
through expected future growth in a dynamic and competitive
environment. Accordingly, we should provide compensation in
amounts necessary to achieve these goals and which is of fair
value relative to other positions in Grand Canyon University.
|
Company compensation policies. A named
executive officers total in-service compensation consists
of base salary, a cash bonus, and limited perquisites. With
regard to these components, we have in the past adhered to the
following compensation policies:
|
|
|
|
|
Founders with significant equity stakes require limited
incentives. As founders of our company, Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have significant equity ownership in Grand
Canyon University. We believe that the Richardsons
ownership stake provides a level of motivation that would not be
appreciably enhanced through material cash bonus opportunities
or the grant of further equity incentives. Accordingly, in 2007,
the Richardsons were compensated solely through base salary and
limited perquisites.
|
|
|
|
Base salaries should be the largest component of
compensation. Our compensation programs should reflect base
salaries as being compensation for the named executive officers
to perform the essential elements of their respective jobs, and
cash bonuses as a reward for superior company and individual
performance. In this regard, base salary should be the largest
component of cash compensation, with cash bonuses being
significantly less than base salaries.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be paid in cash. As a
private company whose equity securities were not publicly traded
prior to completion of this offering, we believed that the true
compensatory value to be accorded to equity-based incentives
would be difficult for both us and a recipient to determine.
Accordingly, we have not in the past utilized equity-based
incentives and have instead focused entirely on providing the
opportunity for our named executive officers to earn total cash
compensation at levels that enable us to achieve the motivation
and retention goals described above.
|
We believe our policies have helped us achieve our compensation
objectives of motivation and retention, as evidenced by the
limited turnover in our executive officer ranks over the past
several years.
Compensation
Programs Design and Elements of Compensation
We choose to pay each element of compensation to further the
objectives of our compensation program, which, as noted,
includes the need to attract, retain, and reward key leaders
critical to our success by providing competitive total
compensation.
Elements of In-Service Compensation. For our
2007 fiscal year, our executive compensation mix included base
salary, discretionary cash bonuses, and other benefits generally
available to all employees. Perquisites were not a significant
component of executive compensation. We generally determine the
nature and amount of each element of compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Base salary. We typically agree upon a base
salary with a named executive officer at the time of initial
employment, which may or may not be reflected in an employment
agreement. The amount of base salary agreed upon, which is not
at risk, reflects our views as to the individual
executives
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
past experience, future potential, knowledge, scope of
anticipated responsibilities, skills, expertise, and potential
to add value through performance, as well as competitive
industry salary practices. Although minimum base salaries for
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson are set by
their respective employment agreements, as described below, we
review executive salaries annually and may adjust them based on
an evaluation of the companys performance for the year and
the performance of the functional area(s) under an
executives scope of responsibility. For example, base
salaries for each of Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris
Richardson were increased from $250,000 in fiscal 2006 to
$292,019 in fiscal 2007 as a result of the growth in our net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for 2006, which was driven, in part,
by the leadership and execution of our strategy by these named
executive officers. We also consider qualitative criteria, such
as education and experience requirements, complexity, and scope
or impact of the position compared to other executive positions
internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonuses. We provide cash bonuses, which are
at-risk, to recognize and reward our named executive officers
with cash payments above base salary based on our success in a
given year. In the past, we have awarded bonuses on a
discretionary basis, and we have not implemented or followed a
formal bonus plan tied to specific financial and non-financial
objectives.
|
|
|
|
Perquisites. We seek to compensate our named
executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for
perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for
his or her own needs. Accordingly, in 2007, the only perquisite
we provided to any of our named executive officers was allowing
Brent Richardson to utilize a car leased by Grand Canyon
University.
|
|
|
|
Other. We offer other employee benefits to key
executives for the purpose of meeting current and future health
and security needs for the executives and their families. These
benefits, which we generally offer to all eligible employees,
include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term
disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible
spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a
401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings
plan is a defined contribution plan under Section 401(a) of
the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the
plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to
prescribed IRS annual limits.
|
Elements of Post-Termination Compensation and
Benefits. We are a party to written agreements
that provide certain of our named executive officers with
post-termination salary and benefit continuation while the
officer searches for new employment. We believe that the amounts
of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during
which they would be provided are fair and reasonable, and we
have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be
received by a named executive officer following termination when
establishing current compensation levels. The elements of
post-termination compensation that were in effect during 2007
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Salary continuation. Each of Brent Richardson,
John Crowley, and Chris Richardson had a written employment
agreement under which he would receive continuing salary
payments for a stated period of time following termination of
employment, unless such termination constitutes termination for
cause. Under these agreements, Brent Richardson would continue
to receive his then-current base salary for a period of
12 months following termination of employment, while John
Crowley and Chris Richardson would receive such salary
continuation for a period of six months following termination of
employment, subject to an option by us to extend the period to
12 months if we seek to extend their post-termination
non-compete and related covenants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits continuation. Under their agreements,
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson would
also receive continuation of benefits during the applicable
salary continuation period.
|
107
Impact
of Performance on Compensation
In the past, we have reviewed overall company and individual
performance in connection with our review of named executive
officer compensation.
Company performance. In reviewing our
performance, we focus principally on the achievement of net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA levels, and on maintaining
regulatory compliance. We presently define Adjusted EBITDA as
net income (loss) plus interest expense net of interest income,
plus income tax expense (benefit), and plus depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty payments
incurred pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has
been terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed herein
and in Note 2 to our financial statements included with
this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and expenses that
are no longer paid or that will no longer be payable following
completion of this offering. We focus on Adjusted EBITDA in
connection with our compensation decisions because we believe
that it provides useful information regarding our operating
performance and executive performance as it does not give effect
to items that management does not consider to be reflective of
our core operating performance. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion.
As such, we believe it is fair and reasonable to our executives
to assess their individual performance on the same basis as our
performance is assessed by our board of directors and investors.
Individual performance. In reviewing
individual performance, we also look at an executives
achievement of non-financial objectives that, with respect to a
given named executive officer, may include achieving objectives
related to some or all of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enrollment growth;
|
|
|
|
program development and expansion; and
|
|
|
|
regulatory compliance.
|
Conclusion
We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named
executive officers for their service in 2007 were reasonable and
appropriate and in our best interests.
Actions
Taken in Current Fiscal Year
Equity Plans. As discussed above, we have
historically relied upon base salaries and cash bonuses to
attract, motivate and retain our named executive officers. We
have adopted a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or our Incentive
Plan, and a 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, to
enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and
executive incentive compensation and to give our directors,
executive officers, and other employees appropriate motivation
and rewards for achieving increases in share value. Although
Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson are eligible to
participate in the Incentive Plan, as a result of their
significant ownership stake in us, we do not believe that their
motivation will be appreciably enhanced through participation in
the Incentive Plan and, at this time, we do not anticipate
granting any material awards under the Incentive Plan to them.
The Incentive Plan became effective on September 27, 2008
following approval by our stockholders on such date, and the
ESPP, which was also approved by our stockholders on
September 27, 2008, will be effective upon consummation of
this offering.
Incentive Plan. We have authorized and
reserved a total of 4,199,937 shares of our common stock
for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This reserve
automatically increases on a cumulative basis on January 1,
2009 and each subsequent anniversary through 2017, by an amount
equal to the smaller of (a) 2.5% of the number of shares of
common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding
December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by our
board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments in the
number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the
Incentive Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to awards that expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again
become available for
108
issuance under the Incentive Plan. The shares available will not
be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to
satisfy tax withholding obligations. Only the net number of
shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or
options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of
previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares
available under the Incentive Plan.
We may grant awards under the Incentive Plan to our employees,
officers, directors, or consultants, or those of any future
parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity.
While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we
may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant.
Only members of the board of directors who are not employees at
the time of grant will be eligible to participate in the
non-employee director awards component of the Incentive Plan.
The board of directors or the compensation committee will set
the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Non-employee
director awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and
restricted stock unit awards.
In the event of a change in control, as described in the
Incentive Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or
continue all or any awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan
or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that
are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in
control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in
control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in
control. The compensation committee may provide for the
acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon
such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the
vesting of all non-employee director awards will automatically
be accelerated in full. The Incentive Plan also authorizes the
compensation committee, in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding
award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange
for a payment to the participant with respect to each share
subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess
of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the
change in control transaction over the exercise price per share,
if any, under the award.
In conjunction with adoption of the Incentive Plan, our board of
directors has approved a comprehensive policy relating to the
granting of stock options and other equity-based awards. Under
this policy:
|
|
|
|
|
all stock option grants, restricted stock awards, and other
equity based awards, which we collectively refer to as
stock-based grants, must be approved by the compensation
committee;
|
|
|
|
all stock-based grants will be approved at formal meetings
(including telephonic) of the compensation committee;
|
|
|
|
the date for determining the strike price and similar
measurements will be the date of the meeting (or a date shortly
after the meeting) or, in the case of an employee, director, or
consultant not yet hired, appointed, or retained, respectively,
the subsequent date of hire, appointment, or retention, as the
case may be;
|
|
|
|
if our board of directors implements an annual stock-based
grant, the grant will be approved at a regularly scheduled
meeting of the compensation committee during the first part of
the year, but after the annual earnings release, if any. We
believe that coordinating any annual award grant after our
annual earnings release, if any, will generally result in this
grant being made at a time when the public is in possession of
all material information about us;
|
|
|
|
the annual grant to executive officers and directors, if any,
will occur at the same time as the annual grant to other
employees;
|
|
|
|
we will not intentionally grant stock-based awards before the
anticipated announcement of materially favorable news or
intentionally delay the grant of stock-based awards until after
the announcement of materially unfavorable news; and
|
|
|
|
the compensation committee will approve stock-based grants only
for persons specifically identified at the meeting by management.
|
109
In connection with the initial public offering, we plan to issue
733,990 fully vested and 2,595,983 unvested stock options with
an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price to
employees and a director under this Incentive Plan.
ESPP. We have authorized and reserved a total
of 1,049,984 shares of our common stock for sale under the
ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for an automatic annual
increase in the number of shares available for issuance under
the plan on January 1 of each year beginning in 2009 and
continuing through and including January 1, 2017 equal to
the lesser of (a) 1.0% of our then issued and outstanding shares
of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31,
(b) 1,049,984 shares, or (c) a number of shares
as our board of directors may determine. We will make
appropriate adjustments in the number of authorized shares and
in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again
become available for issuance under the ESPP.
Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or
subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be
eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily
employed by us, or such other entity, if applicable, for more
than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any
calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right
to purchase stock under the ESPP if: (a) the employee
immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of our capital stock, or (b) the employees rights to
purchase stock under the ESPP and Incentive Plan would accrue at
a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of
participation in such plans.
The ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential
offering periods, generally three months in duration beginning
on the first trading days of February, May, August, and November
each year. The administrator is authorized to establish
additional or alternative sequential or overlapping offering
periods and offering periods having a different duration or
different starting or ending dates, provided that no offering
period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.
Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally through
payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase of
shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at
a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of our
common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of an
offering period, the administrator will be authorized to change
the purchase price discount for that offering period, but the
purchase price may not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of our common stock at the beginning of the
offering period or at the end of the offering period.
The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any
three-month offering period will be the lesser of (a) that
number of shares determined by multiplying
(i) 100 shares by (ii) the number of months
(rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and
rounding to the nearest whole share, or (b) that number of
whole shares determined by dividing (i) the product of
$1,979.17 and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole
month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole
dollar by (ii) the fair market value of a share of our
common stock at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to
the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may
alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any
participant during the offering period or specify a maximum
aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all
participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares
remain available under the plan to permit all participants to
purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be
entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of
the available shares. Any amounts withheld from
participants compensation in excess of the amounts used to
purchase shares will be refunded.
In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor
corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the
ESPP. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume
such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the
offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date
prior to the change in control, and the number of shares of
stock subject to outstanding purchase rights will not be
adjusted.
Executive Employment Agreements. Effective
July 1, 2008, we entered into employment agreements with
Brian E. Mueller, Daniel E. Bachus, and W. Stan Meyer that
govern the terms of their service as our
110
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Executive
Vice President, respectively. Effective September 10, 2008, we
entered into new employment agreements with each of
Brent D. Richardson and Chris C. Richardson. Each
agreement has a four-year term and automatically renews for one
year periods after the initial four-year term unless either
party provides written notice that it does not wish to renew the
respective agreement. Except with respect to certain items of
compensation, as described below, the terms of each agreement
are similar in all material respects.
The agreements with each of Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson provide for a base salary of $297,500, subject to
annual review by the Compensation Committee, and entitle each to
receive performance bonuses as determined by the board based
upon Grand Canyon Universitys achievement of performance,
budgetary, and other objectives, as set in advance by the board.
The agreements do not set a target performance bonus amount and,
as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, although Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson are eligible to participate in
the Incentive Plan, we do not anticipate granting any material
awards under the Incentive Plan to them and their agreements do
not provide for any such awards.
The agreement with Mr. Mueller provides for a base salary
of $500,000 per year, subject to annual review by the
Compensation Committee, and a fixed bonus of $250,000 for 2008.
It also entitles Mr. Mueller to earn incentive compensation
for future years targeted at 100% of his base salary, subject to
the satisfaction of criteria to be established by our
compensation committee. Subject to the approval of the
compensation committee and immediately upon effectiveness of
this offering, Mr. Mueller is also entitled to receive
(i) a grant of an option to purchase 1,093,288 shares of
our common stock, which will vest ratably, on an annual basis,
over a five-year period, and (ii) a grant of
109,329 shares of our common stock which shares shall be
fully vested on the grant date. The shares subject to the
foregoing grants will have a grant or exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price.
The agreement with Mr. Bachus provides for a base salary of
$275,000 per year, subject to annual review by the Compensation
Committee, and a fixed bonus of $68,750 for 2008. It also
entitles Mr. Bachus to earn incentive compensation for
future years targeted at 50% of his base salary, subject to the
satisfaction of criteria to be established by our compensation
committee. Subject to the approval of the compensation committee
and immediately upon effectiveness of this offering,
Mr. Bachus is also entitled to receive a grant of an option
to purchase 393,584 shares of our common stock, which will
vest ratably, on an annual basis, over a five-year period and
will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering
price.
The agreement with Mr. Meyer provides for a base salary of
$300,000 per year, subject to annual review by the Compensation
Committee, and a fixed bonus of $75,000 for 2008. It also
entitles Mr. Meyer to earn incentive compensation for
future years targeted at 50% of his base salary, subject to the
satisfaction of criteria to be established by our compensation
committee. Subject to the approval of the compensation committee
and immediately upon effectiveness of this offering,
Mr. Meyer is also entitled to receive a grant of an option
to purchase 437,315 shares of our common stock, which will vest
ratably, on an annual basis, over a five-year period and will
have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering
price.
Each agreement entitles the executive to receive customary and
usual fringe benefits generally available to our senior
management, and to be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
business expenses.
The agreements prohibit the executives from engaging in any work
that creates an actual conflict of interest with us, and include
customary non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that
prohibit the executives, during their employment with us and for
12 months thereafter, from (i) owning (except
ownership of less than 1% of any class of securities which are
listed for trading on any securities exchange or which are
traded in the over the counter market), managing, controlling,
participating in, consulting with, rendering services for, or in
any manner engaging in the operation of a for-profit,
postsecondary education institution or any other business that
is in the same line of business as us; (ii) soliciting
funds on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any for-profit,
postsecondary education institution (other than us) or any other
entity that competes with us; (iii) soliciting our current
or prospective students to be students for any other for-profit,
postsecondary education institution; (iv) inducing or
attempting to induce any of our employees to leave our employ,
or in
111
any way interfering with the relationship between us and any of
our employees; or (v) inducing or attempting to induce any
of our students, customers, suppliers, licensees, or other
business partners to cease doing business with, or modify its
business relationship with, us, or in any way interfere with or
hinder the relationship between any such student, customer,
supplier, licensee, or business partner and us. Each of the
executives has separately entered into a confidentiality
agreement with us.
The agreements also entitle the executives to certain benefits
upon their respective separations from us. If the executives are
terminated for cause (as defined in the agreement) or resign
without good reason (as defined in the agreement), the
executives are entitled only to their respective base salary,
pro rated to the date of separation. If the executives are
terminated without cause or resign for good reason, subject to
their respective compliance with the covenants described above
and execution of a full release of all claims against us, the
executives will be entitled to receive 12 months of base
salary, as in effect at the time of separation, payable in
accordance with our payroll cycle and in compliance with
Section 409A of the Code, 12 months of COBRA premiums,
and partial acceleration of the vesting of their stock options
to the next vesting date. If, within the 12 months after a
change in control (as defined in the agreement), the executives
are terminated other than for cause or they resign for good
reason, they shall be entitled to the same severance package as
described above for similar separation reasons, plus the full
vesting of all stock options held by the executives.
Named Executive Officer Salary
Adjustments. Effective January 1, 2008, the
base salary of each of Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris
Richardson was increased by $5,000 per year to $297,500.
Other than as described above, there have been no other material
changes to items of compensation applicable to our named
executive officers or directors for fiscal 2008.
Compensation
of Named Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for
services rendered during fiscal year 2007 by our named executive
officers.
2007
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
292,019
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,312
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
307,331
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,019
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R.
Fischer(4)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
194,500
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,500
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
160,385
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,385
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson,
represents the minimum base salary payable under their
respective employment agreements of $250,000, as adjusted for
fiscal year 2007 by the board of directors. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents cash bonuses awarded to the recipients by the board
of directors on a discretionary basis. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the value of lease payments made by Grand Canyon
University on a vehicle utilized by Mr. Richardson. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Fischer was appointed our Chief Administrative Officer
effective July 1, 2008. During 2007, he served as our Chief
Financial Officer. |
112
Employment
Agreements
We were a party to employment agreements with Brent D.
Richardson, John E. Crowley, and Christopher C. Richardson
relating to 2007 compensation. In 2008, we entered into
employment agreements with Brian E. Mueller, Daniel
E. Bachus, and W. Stan Meyer and new employment
agreements with Brent D. Richardson and
Chris C. Richardson. Our board of directors approved
the terms of each agreement. The material terms of the
agreements with Messrs. Richardson, Crowley, and Richardson,
which governed their 2007 compensation, are summarized below.
See Actions Taken in Current Fiscal Year
Executive Employment Agreements for a summary of the terms
of the new agreements with Brent and Chris Richardson and
the agreements with Messrs. Mueller, Bachus, and Meyer.
Agreement with Brent D. Richardson. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and Brent Richardson entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Richardsons death, disability, separation from
Grand Canyon as a result of a determination of the board of
directors that separation is in our best interests, or a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Richardson. The agreement
provides for a minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which
may be increased in the discretion of the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson may also receive a discretionary performance
bonus, which may be awarded by the board of directors based upon
the achievement of performance, budgetary, or other objectives
that may, from time to time, be set by the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson is also entitled to insurance, vacation,
holidays, and other benefits that are consistent with those that
we provide to our practices for our employees generally.
The agreement provides for certain benefits upon separation, as
further described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below. The agreement also contains
customary covenants requiring Mr. Richardson to maintain
the confidentiality of information obtained in his capacity as
an owner and member of our senior management team and
prohibiting Mr. Richardson from, for a period of
24 months following any separation event,
(i) competing with us, (ii) soliciting funds on behalf
of or for the benefit of another regionally accredited higher
education institution, (iii) soliciting current or
prospective students, (iv) inducing or attempting to induce
our employees to leave employment with us, and
(v) interfering with our business relationships generally.
Mr. Richardson is also prohibited from making any
disparaging remarks about us.
Agreement with John E. Crowley. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and John Crowley entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Crowleys death, disability, separation from us as
a result of a determination of the board of directors that
separation is in our best interests, or a voluntary resignation
by Mr. Crowley. The agreement provides for a minimum base
salary of $250,000 per year, which may be increased in the
discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Crowley may also
receive a discretionary performance bonus, which may be awarded
by the board of directors based upon the achievement of
performance, budgetary, or other objectives that may, from time
to time, be set by the board of directors. Mr. Crowley is
also entitled to insurance, vacation, holidays, and other
benefits that are consistent with those that we provide to our
practices for our employees generally. The agreement provides
for certain benefits upon separation, as further described in
the Severance and Change of Control Payments section
below. The agreement also contains substantially similar
covenants as those in the agreements with Brent Richardson, as
described above.
Agreement with Christopher C.
Richardson. Effective August 24, 2005, we
and Chris Richardson entered into an employment agreement. The
agreement with Chris Richardson contains substantially the same
terms as the agreement with John Crowley. The agreement also
provides for certain benefits upon separation as further
described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below.
113
Severance and Change of Control Payments. The
employment agreements with Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and
Chris Richardson entitle them to certain severance payments and
other benefits in the event of certain types of terminations,
which are summarized below. The table below reflects the amount
of compensation to be paid to each of them in the event of
termination of such executives employment. The amounts
shown assume that such termination was effective as of
December 31, 2007, and thus includes amounts earned through
such time and are estimates of the amounts that would be paid
out to the executives upon their termination. All payments will
comply with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent Section 409A
applies. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be
determined at the time of such executives separation from
the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
|
Triggering
Event(1)(2)
|
|
Payment/Benefit
|
|
Material Conditions
|
|
Potential
Value(3)
|
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
12 months following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 24 months
|
|
$
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley
|
|
Separation by Mr. Crowley for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Crowley must abide by the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants discussed above
for 12 months (subject to extension to 24 months)
|
|
|
295,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Crowley, separation by Mr. Crowley without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Crowley will receive benefits as
determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
2,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chris Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 12 months (subject to extension to
24 months)
|
|
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
114
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Good Reason is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include a resignation within 30 days after
the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) the failure
by us to pay amounts owed to the executive following
15 days prior written notice of such failure; (b) the
assignment to the executive of duties materially inconsistent
with the executives title or the failure to elect or
reelect the executive to his position; or (c) a requirement
by us that the executive perform services at a location that is
more than 50 miles from our main campus. |
|
(2) |
|
Cause is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include: (a) the executives commission
of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, any other
willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to us or our customers or suppliers, misappropriation of
our funds or assets for personal use or engaging in conduct
bringing substantial public disgrace or disrepute to us;
(b) the executives neglect of duties following
notice, gross misconduct in performance of duties or material
and repeated failure to perform duties; (c) the
executives engaging in conduct that constitutes cause for
separation under applicable law, and (d) the
executives breaching the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation,
and
non-disparagement
covenants applicable to him. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes that, in the case of Chris Richardson and John Crowley,
we exercise our option to extend severance payments beyond the
required six month period, as described in the table above. Also
assumes health insurance premiums of $696.20 per month, $248.74
per month, and $696.20 per month for Brent Richardson, John
Crowley, and Chris Richardson, respectively, over the periods
indicated. |
Compensation
of Directors
To date, we have not paid our directors any compensation for
their services in that capacity. We do reimburse our
non-employee directors for all reasonable expenses incurred by
them to attend board and committee meetings.
Beginning upon the completion of this offering, we intend to pay
our non-employee directors an annual cash retainer of $30,000
for their board service and a per meeting fee of $2,000 for each
meeting of the board attended. We also intend to pay the members
of our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate
governance committees an additional annual cash retainer of
$5,000, with the chair of the audit committee receiving an
additional annual cash retainer of $5,000, and the chairs of the
other committees each receiving an additional annual cash
retainer of $2,500. In addition, non-employee directors will be
eligible to receive awards under our Incentive Plan valued at
$35,000 per year. We will reimburse all directors for reasonable
expenses incurred to attend our board and board committee
meetings.
Effective upon completion of this offering, we anticipate that
we will appoint David J. Johnson, one of our
director-nominees, as our lead independent director. For such
services, Mr. Johnson would receive (i) immediately
upon effectiveness of this offering, a grant of an option to
purchase 145,772 shares of our common stock, which will
vest ratably, on an annual basis, over a three-year period and
will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering
price, and (ii) in addition to the other items of
compensation specified herein, an annual retainer of $33,333,
payable in quarterly installments.
115
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics,
or code of conduct, effective as of the date of and applicable
to transactions on or after the offering, pursuant to which our
executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders,
including their immediate family members and affiliates, will
not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with
us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other
independent committee of our board of directors in the event it
is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such
transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to
enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director,
principal stockholder or any of such persons immediate
family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved
exceeds $120,000, will first be presented to our audit committee
for review, consideration, and approval. All of our directors,
executive officers, and employees will be required to report to
our audit committee any such related person transaction. In
approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit
committee shall consider the facts and circumstances available
and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not
limited to, the risks, costs and benefits to us, the terms of
the transaction, the availability of other sources for
comparable services or products, and, if applicable, the impact
on a directors independence. Our audit committee shall
approve only those agreements that, in light of known
circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best
interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith
exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if we should
discover related person transactions that have not been
approved, the audit committee will be notified and will
determine the appropriate action, including ratification,
rescission, or amendment of the transaction. This policy has not
been and will not be applied to the transactions described below.
Stockholders
Agreement
In connection with our conversion from a limited liability
company to a corporation and the related investment in us by the
Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its affiliates,
and certain other investors on August 24, 2005, we entered
into a stockholders agreement with the Endeavour Entities and
certain other parties. The stockholders agreement, as amended,
contains agreements among the parties with respect to the
election of our directors and restrictions on the issuance or
transfer of shares, including special corporate governance
provisions. Each of our current directors was appointed pursuant
to the terms of the stockholders agreement. Upon the completion
of this offering, the stockholders agreement will terminate in
accordance with its terms.
Investor
Rights Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we also entered into an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, and certain other named parties. The investor rights
agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties
with respect to registration rights, information rights and
certain operating covenants that we must comply with during the
term of the agreement. Upon the completion of this offering, the
investor rights agreement will terminate with respect to the
information rights and other covenants, but will remain in
effect with respect to the registration rights provisions. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights for a description of the registration rights that
will remain in effect following the closing of this offering.
Voting
Agreement
As discussed in Regulation Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change in
Control, the Department of Education and many states and
accrediting commissions require institutions of higher education
to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and
changes in other aspects of institutional organization or
control. In connection with this offering, certain of our
stockholders have entered into a proxy and voting agreement,
which will become effective upon the closing of the offering,
pursuant to which such persons will grant to Brent D.
Richardson, our Executive Chairman, and Christopher C.
Richardson, our General Counsel and director, a five-year
irrevocable proxy to exercise voting
116
authority with respect to all shares of our common stock on an
as-converted basis held by such persons, excluding shares of
common stock issued upon conversion of the Series A
convertible preferred shares held by 220 GCU, L.P., with the
result that, upon the closing of this offering, the Richardsons
will have voting authority with respect to approximately 44.5%
of our outstanding shares of capital stock. See Beneficial
Ownership of Common Stock.
Endeavour
Professional Services Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC. Under the agreement, we engaged
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters, including, without
limitation, corporate strategy, budgeting, acquisition and
divestiture strategies, and debt and equity financings. Under
the agreement, we paid Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a one time fee
of $340,667 upon execution of the agreement and agreed to pay
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a consulting fee of $250,000 per year
thereafter, subject to annual increases as determined by the
board of directors (not including those directors appointed by
Endeavour) based on performance. In addition, we agreed to
reimburse Endeavour Capital IV, LLC for reasonable legal, due
diligence, travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, and to
indemnify Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and its affiliates for any
action or inaction related to the agreement, except as a result
of their gross negligence or intentional misconduct. The fees
paid by us to Endeavour Capital IV, LLC in 2005, 2006, and 2007
constituted less than 5% of Endeavour Capital IV, LLCs
consolidated gross revenues for each such year. The professional
services agreement will terminate by its terms upon the closing
of this offering.
Financing
Transactions
The following summarizes sales by us of our capital stock to
certain of our directors, executive officers, holders of more
than 5% of our voting securities, and their affiliates and
immediate family members in private placement financing
transactions since 2005.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On March 31, 2005, we sold
$14.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes to the
Endeavour Entities. On August 24, 2005, we sold
5,953 shares of our newly designated Series A
convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,233.67 per
share, or $19.3 million in total gross proceeds, of which
4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A substantial
portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour Entities was
paid through the contributions to us of the notes that were
previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The general partner
of the Endeavour Entities is Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, of which
Mr. D. Mark Dorman and Mr. Chad N. Heath, two of our
directors, are managing directors. Mr. Charles M. Preston
III, one of our former directors, is an affiliate of
220 Management, LLC, which is the general partner of 220
GCU GP, L.P., the general partner of 220 GCU, L.P.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On December 31, 2005, we issued
2,163 shares of our newly designated Series B
preferred stock and received gross proceeds of approximately
$7.0 million, or $3,236.25 per share, in the form of a
stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. Of these shares, 1,298 were sold to the
Endeavour Entities and 865 were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC. Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC is a limited liability company
whose members include Brent Richardson, our Executive Chairman,
John Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer, and Chris Richardson,
our General Counsel and a director. Later in 2006, the shares of
Series B preferred stock sold to the Endeavour Entities
were redeemed for cash at their stated repurchase price.
Series C Preferred Stock Issuance. On
December 18, 2007 and January 11, 2008, we sold an
aggregate of 3,829 shares of our newly designated
Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,500.00
per share, or approximately $13.4 million in total gross
proceeds, of which 1,675 shares were sold to the Endeavour
Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC, and 935 shares were sold to the 220 Entities. The
purchase price payable by Rich Crow Enterprises for its shares
of Series C preferred stock was paid in part by the
exchange of the 865 outstanding shares of Series B
preferred stock it purchased in 2006.
117
Special
Distribution
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be paid promptly upon the completion of this offering (and
following the exercise of the over-allotment option, if
applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
November 18, 2008. The payment of the special distribution
with the gross proceeds of this offering permits a return of
capital to all of our stockholders of record as of the record
date, and does so without significantly decreasing our capital
resources or requiring these stockholders to sell their shares.
At the initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the
amount of the special distribution will be $94.5 million,
or $2.84 per common share on an as-if converted basis (exclusive
of any amounts that may be received from the underwriters
exercise of the over-allotment option).
Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special distribution,
$50.2 million will be paid in respect of shares of our
capital stock over which our directors and executive officers
are deemed to exercise sole or shared voting or investment
power. These proceeds will be allocated among our directors and
executive officers, as well as persons known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, as set
forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
13,337
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
1,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
9,563
|
|
|
|
20,106
|
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,371
|
|
Significant Ventures, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
7,075
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
7,655
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
25,693
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
28,471
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,371
|
|
John E.
Crowley(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
9,935
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
10,378
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,898
|
|
|
$
|
50,225
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. The reported acquisition cost
of shares of common stock represents the value of the capital
contributions originally made to acquire the limited liability
company interests that were converted into common stock upon
such conversion plus capital contributions for which no
additional interests were issued, less capital distributions. |
|
(2) |
|
The special distribution is being paid in respect of our common
stock, Series A convertible preferred stock, and
Series C preferred stock, in each case on an as-converted
basis. Upon the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares
of the Series A convertible preferred stock will convert
into 10,870,178 shares of common stock and the outstanding
shares of the Series C preferred stock will convert into
2,233,333 shares of common stock. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents shares held of record by the Endeavour Entities.
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC., the general
partner of each of the Endeavour Entities, are members of our
board of directors. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents shares held of record by 220 GCU, L.P., 220
Education, L.P., 220-SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC
and Masters Online, LLC, of which Brent Richardson, Chris
Richardson, and Staci Buse are members and, in each case, which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Brent
Richardson, Chris Richardson, or Staci Buse, as applicable. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC,
of which John Crowley is a member, which are attributable to,
and beneficially owned by, John Crowley. |
For additional information regarding share ownership, see
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.
Arrangement
with Mind Streams
We are a party to an agreement with Mind Streams, LLC, which is
owned and operated, in part, by Gail Richardson, father to Brent
Richardson, our Executive Chairman, and Chris Richardson,
our General Counsel and a director. Pursuant to this agreement,
Mind Streams identifies qualified applicants for admission to
Grand Canyon University in return for which it is a paid a
stated percentage of the net revenue (calculated as tuition
actually received, less scholarships, refunds, and allowances)
derived by us from those identified applicants that matriculate
at Grand Canyon University. The term of the agreement runs
through December 31, 2010, and can be terminated by either
party upon 45 days prior written notice. We
previously were a party to an agreement with 21st Century
Learning, which was owned by Gail Richardson, Brent Richardson,
and Chris Richardson, providing for a similar revenue sharing
arrangement. This agreement was terminated in 2005
119
when we entered into the agreement with Mind Streams. For the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, and for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008, we expensed
$2.8 million, $3.7 million, $4.3 million, and
$4.3 million, respectively, to these parties pursuant to
this arrangement for students enrolled and expenses reimbursed.
Arrowhead
Management
We previously had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC, which is owned by, among others, irrevocable trusts
for the benefit of Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson. We
paid approximately $0.2 million to Arrowhead for services
and reimbursements during the year ended December 31, 2005.
This agreement was terminated at the end of 2005.
Center
for Educational Excellence
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC was created to
explore opportunities to promote and enhance the academic
experience we offer. John Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer,
is a member of The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC. For
the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, we paid approximately $0.6 million
and $0, respectively, of expenses incurred by The Center for
Educational Excellence, LLC, of which $0.3 million and $0,
respectively, were reimbursed to us.
Arrangement
with Vergo Marketing
From time to time we obtain marketing services from Vergo
Marketing, Inc., of which the sister-in-law of Brent Richardson,
our Executive Chairman, is a significant stockholder and chief
executive officer. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we
paid Vergo Marketing, Inc. $0.5 million for such services.
Youth in
Motion Consulting Arrangement
Youth in Motion, Inc. is owned by John Crowley, our Chief
Operating Officer. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007 and the nine months ended September 30,
2008, we paid to Youth in Motion, Inc. $0.2 million,
$0.1 million, $0, and $0, respectively, for consulting
services rendered.
Significant
Ventures Consulting Agreement
Significant Ventures, LLC held approximately 9.3% of our common
stock immediately prior to this offering. On January 8,
2004, we entered into a consulting agreement with Significant
Ventures, Inc., predecessor to Significant Ventures, LLC. This
consulting agreement terminated by its terms on
December 31, 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, we paid $0.1 million,
$0.4 million, $0, and $0, respectively, to Significant
Ventures for services rendered and expenses reimbursed pursuant
to this arrangement.
220
Consulting Agreement
On January 8, 2004, we entered into a consulting agreement
with 220 Partners, LLC, which is affiliated with Charles M.
Preston III, one of our former directors who is an affiliate of
certain of our significant stockholders. This consulting
agreement terminated by its terms on December 31, 2006. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the
nine months ended September 30, 2008, we paid
$0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0, and $0, respectively,
to 220 Partners, LLC for services rendered and expenses
reimbursed pursuant to this arrangement.
120
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of
September 30, 2008, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of
common stock being offered in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and director-nominees;
|
|
|
|
each of our executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
The information in the following table has been presented in
accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules,
beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any
shares of such class as to which a person, directly or
indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and
also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire
such voting or investment power within 60 days through the
exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. If two or
more persons share voting power or investment power with respect
to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise
indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we
believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed
below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each holder listed
below is 3300 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona
85017.
The calculations of beneficial ownership in this table are based
on 19,218,650 shares of common stock outstanding at
September 30, 2008, and giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion of our outstanding shares of our Series A
convertible preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of common
stock upon the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
The conversion of our outstanding shares of our Series C
preferred stock into 2,233,333 shares of common stock upon
the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
The issuance of 10,500,000 shares of common stock in the
offering;
|
|
|
|
The grant of 109,329 shares of fully vested restricted
stock to Brian E. Mueller, and fully vested options to
purchase 29,463 shares of our common stock to each of
Timothy N. Fischer, Michael S. Lacrosse, and Kathy
Player, immediately following the effectiveness of the offering;
and
|
|
|
|
The grant to Brent and Chris Richardson of the right to vote an
additional 12,509,035 shares of our common stock as a
result of the voting agreement that will be effective upon the
closing of this offering, as described in the notes below the
table.
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to the
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
Offering(1)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Over-Allotment(2)
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
7,136,677
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
%
|
|
|
7,136,677
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
7,136,677
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
3,503,172
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
3,503,172
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
3,503,172
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
Significant Ventures,
LLC(6)
|
|
|
2,971,144
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
2,971,144
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
2,971,144
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(7)(10)
|
|
|
3,503,172
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
19,516,243
|
|
|
|
44.5
|
%
|
|
|
19,516,243
|
|
|
|
43.0
|
%
|
Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,329
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
109,329
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
John E.
Crowley(8)
|
|
|
401,899
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
401,899
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
401,899
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(9)(10)
|
|
|
3,504,036
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
19,516,243
|
|
|
|
44.5
|
%
|
|
|
19,516,243
|
|
|
|
43.0
|
%
|
Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Stan Meyer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy N. Fischer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kathy Player
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
29,463
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(11)
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
D. Mark
Dorman(11)
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
|
|
10,012,137
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors, director-nominees, and executive officers as a
group (12 persons)
|
|
|
17,421,244
|
|
|
|
52.4
|
%
|
|
|
29,726,098
|
|
|
|
67.7
|
%
|
|
|
29,726,098
|
|
|
|
65.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a
particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares
beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of
shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting
or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the
sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the
number of shares as to which such person has the right to
acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after
such date. Consequently, the denominator for calculating
beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each
beneficial owner. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts presented assume that the over-allotment option is
exercised in full. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
7,692,938 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock and approximately 831,886 shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C
preferred stock, in each case held of record by Endeavour
Capital Fund IV, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
471,108 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and
approximately 51,007 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each
case held of record by Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.;
and
|
|
|
|
871,002 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and
approximately 94,197 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock, in
each case held of record by Endeavour Capital Parallel
Fund IV, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC is the general partner of the
Endeavour Entities, and has voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held by the Endeavour Entities.
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and serves on our
board of directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his respective pecuniary
interest. The address for these entities is 920 SW Sixth Avenue,
Suite 1400, Portland, Oregon 97204.
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
1,835,130 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock and approximately 198,456 shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C
preferred stock, in each case held of record by 220 GCU, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
1,297,172 shares of common stock and approximately
94,570 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by 220 Education, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
1,037,752 shares of common stock and approximately
75,658 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by 220-SigEd, L.P.; and
|
|
|
|
2,421,404 shares of common stock and approximately
198,456 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by SV One, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 Management, LLC is the general partner of 220 GCU GP,
L.P. and SV One GP, L.P., which are the general partners of 220
GCU, L.P. and SV One L.P., respectively. 220 Management, LLC is
also the general partner of 220 Education, L.P., which is the
general partner of 220 SigEd, L.P. 220 Management, LLC has
dispositive power with respect to the shares held by 220 GCU,
L.P., 220 Education, L.P., 220 SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P.,
which we collectively refer to as the 220 Entities, and is
affiliated with Charles M. Preston III, one of our former
directors who directly or indirectly controls 220 Education,
L.P. The address for these entities is
c/o 220
Partners, LLC, One American Center, 600 Congress Avenue,
Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78701. Pursuant to a proxy and
voting agreement to be effective upon the closing of this
offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
have voting power over the shares beneficially owned by the 220
Entities other than the shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock. Each of
Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of
such voting interest.
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Consists of 3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Ms. Staci L. Buse, who is the sister
of Brent Richardson and Chris Richarson. Pursuant to a proxy and
voting agreement to be effective upon the closing of this
offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
have voting power over the shares beneficially owned by
Ms. Buse. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except
to the extent of such voting interest. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of 2,767,321 shares of common stock and
approximately 203,823 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock.
Michael Clifford is the managing director of and has dispositive
power with respect to the shares held by Significant Ventures,
LLC. The address for Significant Ventures, LLC is 243 North
Highway 101, Suite 11, Solana Beach, California 92075.
Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be effective upon
the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares beneficially
owned by Significant Ventures, LLC. Each of Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim beneficial ownership of
such shares, except to the extent of such voting interest. |
|
(7) |
|
Prior to this offering, the total for Brent D. Richardson
consists of 3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Richardson. |
|
(8) |
|
Consists of 382,435 shares of common stock and
approximately 19,465 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of Series C preferred stock, in each case
held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Mr. John
Crowley. Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be
effective upon the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent
Richardson |
123
|
|
|
|
|
and Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares
beneficially owned by Mr. Crowley. Each of
Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of
such voting interest. |
|
(9) |
|
Prior to this offering, the total for Christopher C. Richardson
consists of 3,348,317 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Richardson. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Following this offering, the total for Brent D. Richardson and
Christopher C. Richardson consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record by Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Brent D. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
3,348,317 shares of common stock held of record by
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Christopher C. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record by Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
155,719 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, the sister of Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson.
|
|
|
|
382,435 shares of common stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC and approximately 19,465 shares of common
stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred
stock held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case
which are attributable to, and beneficially owned by,
Mr. John Crowley.
|
|
|
|
The shares held by the 220 Entities and the shares
held by Significant Ventures, as described in Notes (4) and (6)
above.
|
|
|
|
310,694 shares of common stock and 20,580 shares of
common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred
stock held of record by other stockholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be effective upon
the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares beneficially
owned by their sister and by Mr. Crowley, as well as those
covered by the 220 Entities (except as noted in
note (4) above), Significant Ventures, and the other
stockholders. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except
to the extent of such voting interest.
|
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Consists of 9,035,048 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock and
977,089 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record by
the Endeavour Entities (see note (3) above).
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing member of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, the general
partner of the Endeavour Entities, and serves on our board of
directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except
to the extent of his respective pecuniary interest. |
124
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following description of our capital stock summarizes
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as
they will be in effect upon completion of the offering. As of
the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock
consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock,
$0.01 par value per share, and 15,800 shares of
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 9,700
are designated as Series A convertible preferred stock,
2,200 are designated as Series B preferred stock (which are
no longer outstanding) and 3,900 are designated as Series C
preferred stock. Immediately after completion of this offering,
after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding
Series A convertible preferred stock and Series C
preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our
authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and
10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock,
$0.01 par value per share.
The following description of the material provisions of our
capital stock and our charter and bylaws is only a summary, does
not purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law
and the full provisions of our charter and bylaws. You should
refer to our charter and bylaws as in effect upon the closing of
this offering, which are included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common
Stock
As of September 30, 2008, there were 33,231,509 shares
of our common stock outstanding and held of record by fifteen
stockholders, reflecting the exercise in November 2008 of a
warrant to purchase 909,348 shares of our common stock and
assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of
common stock, and the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series C preferred stock into 2,233,333 shares of
common stock.
Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by
stockholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to
voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no
preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund
provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and
are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights
of holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is
outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive
ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by
the board of directors out of funds legally available for
dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We
currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation
and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.
Liquidation Rights. Upon a liquidation or
dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary,
creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential
liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to
holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of
common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per
share of any excess amount.
Undesignated
Preferred Stock
Under our charter, which will be effective upon the completion
of this offering, the board of directors has authority to issue
undesignated preferred stock without stockholder approval. The
board of directors may also determine or alter for each class of
preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences,
and special rights, qualifications, limitations, or restrictions
as permitted by law. The board of directors may authorize the
issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights
that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of
the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock
provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions
and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other
things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of our company and may adversely affect the
market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights
of the holders of common stock.
125
Warrants
As of September 30, 2008, we had outstanding a warrant to
purchase an aggregate of 909,348 shares of our common stock
at an exercise price of approximately $0.58 per share,
subject to adjustments to the exercise price and number of
shares of common stock underlying these warrants upon the
occurrence of specified events, including any recapitalization,
consolidation or merger, or sale of all assets. Under the
original terms of the warrant, we were entitled to repurchase
the warrant prior to its expiration in 2024 for an aggregate
price of $16.0 million. Under an amendment to the warrant
that was effected in connection with our 2005 conversion from a
limited liability company to a corporation, the right to
repurchase the warrant, as well as a right to repurchase any
shares issued upon exercise of the warrant for a period equal to
the earlier of three years from such issuance or the expiration
of the warrant, in each case for $16.0 million, was
transferred to a holding company owned by our original investors
and then assigned back to us. This warrant was exercised in
November 2008 and, following this offering, we will retain such
repurchase rights with respect to the 909,348 shares of
common stock issued upon exercise.
Registration
Rights
We are a party to an amended investor rights agreement with the
Endeavour Entities, the 220 Entities, and certain other parties
pursuant to which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to
register shares of common stock held by each of the parties to
the agreement under the Securities Act. The registration rights
provisions of the investor rights agreement grant to the
Endeavour Capital funds the right, beginning 90 days
following the completion of this offering, to cause us, at our
expense, to use our reasonable commercial efforts to register
such securities held by the Endeavour Capital funds for public
resale, subject to certain limitations. The exercise of this
right will be limited to two requests. In the event that we
register any of our common stock following completion of this
offering, the Endeavour Capital funds and the other holders are
entitled to piggyback registration rights in which
they may require us to include their securities in future
registration statements that we may file, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights. In addition, after we have completed our
initial public offering, these entities have the right to
request that their shares of common stock be registered on a
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
so long as the anticipated aggregate sales price of such
registered securities as of the date of filing of the
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
is at least $1 million. These registration rights are
subject to various conditions and limitations, including the
right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
registrable securities that may be included in the offering. We
are generally required to bear all of the expenses of these
registrations, except underwriting discounts and selling
commissions and transfer taxes, if any. Registration of any
securities pursuant to these registration rights will result in
shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such
registration.
Provisions
of Delaware Law and our Charter and Bylaws with Anti-Takeover
Implications
Charter
and Bylaw Provisions
Our charter and bylaws will, upon completion of this offering,
include a number of provisions that may have the effect of
encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or
other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board
of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover
attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. Our
bylaws will provide that directors may be removed only for cause
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power of all the outstanding shares of capital stock
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting
together as a single class. Furthermore, any vacancy on our
board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors
then in office even if less than a quorum.
No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our
charter will provide that all stockholder actions are required
to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or
special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action
by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
126
Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws will
provide that only a majority of the members of our board of
directors then in office may call special meetings of
stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of
the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special
meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that
may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those
matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements. Our bylaws will
establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder
proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election
as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of
our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of
stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our
corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is
to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at
our principal executive offices not earlier than the close of
business on the 120th day, nor later than the close of business
on the 90th day, prior to the first anniversary date of the
annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain
certain information specified in the bylaws.
Amendment to Bylaws and Charter. As required
by the DGCL, any amendment of our charter must first be approved
by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law
or our charter, thereafter be approved by a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a
majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to
vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the
provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation
of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of
incorporation must be approved by no less than
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority
vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations
set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our charter will
provide for 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred
stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of
preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more
difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by
means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise.
For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary
obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a
takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our
stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of
preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one
or more private offerings or other transactions that might
dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or
insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our
certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad
power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and
unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of
preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets
available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock.
The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers,
including voting rights, of these holders and may have the
effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control
of us.
Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporate Law
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general,
Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation
from engaging in a business combination with an
interested stockholder for a three-year period
following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. A business combination includes,
among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale, or other
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own
within three years prior to the determination of interested
stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporations voting
stock. Under Section 203, a business
127
combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder
is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following
conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also
officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or
|
|
|
|
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the
business combination was approved by the board of directors of
the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting
of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by
the interested stockholder.
|
Limitations
of Director Liability and Indemnification Directors, Officers
and Employees
As permitted by the DGCL, provisions in our charter and bylaws
that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will
limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors.
Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or
our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability
under the federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or
rescission.
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion
of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions,
including an exception for indemnification in connection with a
proceeding (or counterclaim) initiated by such persons; and
|
|
|
|
we will advance expenses, including attorneys fees, to our
directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors,
certain officers and employees, in connection with legal
proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
|
Contemporaneous with the completion of this offering, we intend
to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our
executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that,
subject to limited exceptions and among other things, we will
indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the
fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each
indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which a right to
indemnification is available.
We also intend to maintain general liability insurance that
covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising
out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as
directors or officers, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors,
officers, or persons who control Grand Canyon University, we
have been
128
informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a
lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary
duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and
officers, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a
stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the
extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against
directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions. We believe that these provisions, the
indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to
attract and retain talented and experienced directors and
officers.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification
will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim
for such indemnification.
Nasdaq
Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public
market for the common stock. We have received approval to have
our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to
notice of issuance, under the symbol LOPE.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
129
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of 43,840,837 shares of common stock (inclusive
of stock grants made in connection with the offering under the
Incentive Plan). Of these shares, 10,500,000 shares of
common stock to be sold in this offering, or
12,075,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless the shares are held by any of our affiliates, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All
remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private
transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered
under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with
Rule 144 or Rule 701, each of which is discussed
below. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will
have outstanding stock options held by employees and directors
for the purchase of 3,329,973 shares of common stock.
The holders of all of our currently outstanding stock and
holders of substantially all of our currently outstanding stock
options are subject to
lock-up
agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is
subject to extension in some circumstances, as discussed below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our
common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering)
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be available for sale on the date of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
no shares will be available for sale under Rule 144 or
Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
all of our shares of common stock shares will be eligible for
sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly and except as described below,
beginning after expiration of the
lock-up
period pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701.
|
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate,
has not been our affiliate for the previous three months, and
who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at
least six months may sell all such shares. An affiliate or a
person who has been our affiliate within the previous
90 days, and who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least six months, may sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding, which will equal approximately 438,408 shares
immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
All sales under Rule 144 are subject to the availability of
current public information about us. Sales under Rule 144
by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the
previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements. Upon expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period, subject to any extension of the
lock-up
period under circumstances described below, approximately
33,340,837 shares of our outstanding restricted securities
will be eligible for sale under Rule 144.
Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering up to 5,249,921 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our Incentive Plan and
our ESPP. These registration statements are expected to be filed
soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically
become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered
under such registration statements will be available for sale in
the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with us or are
130
otherwise subject to the
lock-up
agreements and manner of sale and notice requirements that apply
to affiliates under Rule 144 described above.
Lock-Up
Agreements
For a description of the
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters that restrict sales of shares
by us, or directors, executive officers, and stockholders, see
the information under the heading Underwriting.
Registration
Rights
For a description of registration rights with respect to our
common stock, see the information under the heading titled
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights.
131
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to
non-U.S. Holders
with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of
our common stock. In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
is any holder of our common stock other than the following:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien
individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United
States or meets the substantial presence test under
section 7701(b)(3) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the
trust, or (ii) it has a valid election to be treated as a
U.S. person in effect.
|
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code,
Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial
opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service,
or IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are
subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal
income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or
non-U.S.
taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to particular
Non-U.S. Holders
that may be subject to special treatment under the
U.S. federal income tax laws, such as insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers,
dealers in securities, and U.S. expatriates. If a
partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. This discussion assumes that the
Non-U.S. Holder
will hold our common stock as a capital asset, generally
property held for investment.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND
NON-U.S. INCOME
AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND
DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
Dividends
As described above under Dividend Policy, except in
connection with our special distribution, we do not anticipate
declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in
the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on
our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for
U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those
distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first
reduce the recipients basis in our common stock, but not
below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of
stock as described below under Gain on Sale or
Other Disposition of Common Stock.
In general, dividends paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to
30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the
dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States. Under applicable Treasury Regulations,
a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements,
generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN,
directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced
rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If
tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount prescribed
by an applicable income tax treaty, a refund of the excess
amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim
for refund with the IRS.
132
Dividends that are effectively connected with such a
U.S. trade or business (and where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained
by the recipient) generally will not be subject to
U.S. withholding tax if the
Non-U.S. Holder
files the required forms, including IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or any successor form, with the payor of the dividend, but
instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the
Non-U.S. Holder
were a resident of the United States. A corporate
Non-U.S. Holder
that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to
an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower
rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, with respect
to effectively connected dividends (subject to adjustment).
Gain on
Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain
realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the
Non-U.S. Holders
shares of common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States;
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual who holds shares of common stock as capital
assets and is present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year of disposition and various other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a United States real property
holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the
five-year period preceding the disposition or the
Non-U.S. Holders
holding period for our common stock.
|
If the recipient is a
non-United
States holder described in the first bullet above, the recipient
will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the
sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates,
and corporate
non-United
States holders described in the first bullet above may be
subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If
the recipient is an individual
non-United
States holder described in the second bullet above, the
recipient will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain
derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States
source capital losses.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a
USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a
USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real
property relative to the fair market value of our other business
assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a
USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as
long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market, such common stock will be treated as
U.S. real property interests only if the
Non-U.S. Holder
actually or constructively held more than 5% of our common stock.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even
if withholding was not required because the dividends were
effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an
applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other
agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax
authorities in the recipients country of residence.
Payments made to a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to
backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless a
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be
made on IRS
Form W-8BEN.
Proceeds from the disposition of common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
effected by or through a United States office of a broker will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to,
133
among other things, its address and status as a
Non-U.S. Holder
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, United States
information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a
payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected
outside the United States by or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign
corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its
gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of
foreign banks or insurance companies or a foreign partnership
with certain connections to the United States, information
reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder
is a
Non-U.S. Holder
and other conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
|
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount
of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax
liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup
withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal
income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required
documents are filed with the IRS.
Estate
Tax
Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as
specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes)
at the time of death will be includible in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
134
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement dated November 19, 2008, we have
agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as the
representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of
common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
3,638,250
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
3,638,250
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
1,039,500
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
1,039,500
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
1,039,500
|
|
Barrington Research Associates, Inc.
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to
1,575,000 additional shares from us at the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of
common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $0.504 per share. After the initial
public offering, the representative may change the public
offering price and concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
8,820,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,143,000
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
6,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
6,100,000
|
|
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect
sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make
any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, or filing, without the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event that either (1) during the last
17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
135
Our directors, executive officers, and stockholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our
common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a
transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any
swap, hedge, or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in
part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our
common stock, whether any of these transactions is to be settled
by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or
otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer,
sale, pledge, or disposition, or to enter into any transaction,
swap, hedge, or other arrangement, without, in each case, the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event that either (1) during the last
17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public
offering price up to approximately 525,000 shares of the
common stock for employees, directors, and other persons
associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing
common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to
the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any
reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the
other shares.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the
underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We have received approval to list the shares of common stock on
the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol LOPE.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have
from time to time performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial advisory, commercial banking, and investment
banking services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary
course of business, for which they received, or will receive,
customary fees and expenses.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price was determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and does not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that were
considered in determining the initial public offering price
included:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
will compete;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management;
|
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earning;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering.
|
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
corresponds to the price at which the common stock will trade in
the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active
trading market for the common stock will develop and continue
after the offering.
136
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
137
NOTICE TO
EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA RESIDENTS
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer
to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and
agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it
has not made and will not make an offer of shares of common
stock to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common
stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the
Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and
including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
shares of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member
State at any time,
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000, and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than
qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive)
subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any
such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this section, the expression an offer
of shares of common stock to the public in relation to any
shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common
stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to
purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same
may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
NOTICE TO
UNITED KINGDOM RESIDENTS
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and
agrees as follows:
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated
and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an
invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services
and Markets Act of 2000, or FSMA) to persons who have
professional experience in matters relating to investments
falling with Article 19(5) of the FSMA (Financial
Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
NOTICE TO
CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale
Restrictions
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made
only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement
that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities
regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common
stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be
made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending
on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to
be made under available statutory exemptions or under a
discretionary exemption granted by the
138
applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers
are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the
common stock.
Representations
of Purchasers
By purchasing the common stock in Canada and accepting a
purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the
dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
|
|
|
|
|
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities
laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a
prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
|
|
|
|
where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as
principal and not as agent,
|
|
|
|
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale
Restrictions, and
|
|
|
|
the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of
specified information concerning its purchase of the common
stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to
collect the information.
|
Further details concerning the legal authority for this
information is available on request.
Rights of
Action Ontario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who
purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period
of distribution will have a statutory right of action for
damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for
rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains
a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser
relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages
is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from
the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving
rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on
which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action
for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from
the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a
purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission,
the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against
us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed
the price at which the common stock were offered to the
purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the
securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have
no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not
be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven
to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock
as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights
are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other
rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The
foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario
purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text
of the relevant statutory provisions.
Enforcement
of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may
not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of
process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a
substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those
persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those
persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian
courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
Taxation
and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of the common stock should consult their own
legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of
an investment in the common stock in their particular
circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for
investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
139
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
DLA Piper LLP (US), Phoenix, Arizona. The underwriters have been
represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles,
California.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of
December 31, 2006 and 2007, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007, as set forth in
their report. We have included our financial statements in the
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the
registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus.
This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information that is in the
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain
portions of the registration statement have been omitted as
allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in
this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily
complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You
may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we
may file with the SEC at the public reference facilities of the
SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public
filings can be obtained from the SECs Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
140
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 31, 2006 (restated) and 2007 (restated), and the
related statements of operations, preferred stock and
stockholders deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2007 (as restated).
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. at December 31, 2006
(restated) and 2007 (restated), and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2007 (as restated), in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the
accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2006
and 2007 and the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated for corrections of
errors in the Companys calculations of estimated
uncollectible accounts, nonemployee share-based payments, and
deferred taxes upon conversion to a taxpaying entity.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
May 12, 2008, except for Note 3, as to which the date is
August 11, 2008, and Note 17, as to which the date is
September 29, 2008
F-2
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Balance
Sheets
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
22,227
|
|
|
$
|
22,753
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$7,380 and $12,158 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and
$16,327 at September 30, 2008.
|
|
|
4,798
|
|
|
|
7,114
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
Due from related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
7,436
|
|
|
|
7,436
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
23,036
|
|
|
|
42,314
|
|
|
|
41,924
|
|
|
|
42,450
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
29,017
|
|
|
|
33,849
|
|
|
|
38,984
|
|
|
|
38,984
|
|
Restricted cash and investments
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
Prepaid royalties
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
8,226
|
|
|
|
8,226
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
Deposit with former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
4,599
|
|
|
|
4,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
61,232
|
|
|
$
|
88,568
|
|
|
$
|
105,618
|
|
|
$
|
106,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
3,434
|
|
|
$
|
3,733
|
|
|
$
|
3,733
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
|
|
12,006
|
|
|
|
114,381
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
6,133
|
|
|
|
10,369
|
|
|
|
25,583
|
|
|
|
25,583
|
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
7,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
Current portion of notes payable
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
20,698
|
|
|
|
37,166
|
|
|
|
49,239
|
|
|
|
151,614
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
28,779
|
|
|
|
28,078
|
|
|
|
29,675
|
|
|
|
29,675
|
|
Notes payable, less current portion
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
1,762
|
|
|
|
1,422
|
|
|
|
1,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
51,565
|
|
|
|
67,006
|
|
|
|
80,336
|
|
|
|
182,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 7,500 shares at December 31,
2006, and 9,700 shares at December 31, 2007 and
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 5,953 shares at
December 31, 2006, 2007 and September 30, 2008;
0 shares pro forma at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $57,750 at December 31, 2007
and September 30, 2008
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B 12% convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par
value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 2,200 shares at December 31,
2006, 2007 and September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 865 shares at
December 31, 2006, and 0 shares at December 31,
2007 and September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $0 at December 31, 2007 and
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C 8% preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 0 shares at December 31, 2006,
and 3,900 shares at December 31, 2007 and
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 0 shares at
December 31, 2006, and 3,829 shares at
December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008;
0 shares pro forma at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $26,829 at December 31, 2007
and September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
14,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 100,000,000 shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 18,853,450 shares at
December 31, 2006, 19,036,050 shares at
December 31, 2007, and 19,218,650 shares at
September 30, 2008; 33,059,714 shares pro forma at
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
|
|
6,238
|
|
|
|
(63,011
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
|
|
(7,457
|
)
|
|
|
(76,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
$
|
61,232
|
|
|
$
|
88,568
|
|
|
$
|
105,618
|
|
|
$
|
106,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-3
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Operations
(In
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
68,472
|
|
|
$
|
109,626
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
27,531
|
|
|
|
36,995
|
|
Selling and promotional, including $2,839 in 2005; $3,742 in
2006, and $4,293 in 2007, $3,120 and $4,323 for the nine months
ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, to related parties
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
24,291
|
|
|
|
46,035
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
11,848
|
|
|
|
15,992
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
66,255
|
|
|
|
100,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
8,992
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(2,236
|
)
|
|
|
(2,156
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
7,344
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
4,476
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss), per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,885
|
|
|
|
19,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,189
|
|
|
|
32,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-4
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members/Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Convertible
|
|
Series B Convertible
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Membership Interests
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
Capital
|
|
Income
|
|
Deficit
|
|
Total
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
8,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,645
|
)
|
Distribution to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
Exchange of membership interests for common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
(8,327
|
)
|
|
|
18,260,000
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
8,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Promissory Notes into Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock for services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
593,450
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for cash,
net of issuance costs of $639
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
4,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for cash,
net of issuance costs of $20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
8,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,498
|
)
|
|
|
(12,111
|
)
|
Net income (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Redemption of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,298
|
)
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value assigned to Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Dividend on Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
Net income (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
Conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
(2,780
|
)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of amounts due to related party with Series C
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
|
|
10,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Dividend on Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Accretion of Series C Preferred Stock Dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,036,050
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,476
|
|
|
|
4,476
|
|
Unrealized losses on available for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $45 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,408
|
|
Undeclared dividends on Series C Preferred Stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
Issuance of Blanchard shares (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,996
|
|
Cancellation of IAS warrant, net of $2,316 deferred taxes
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
$
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
3,829
|
|
|
$
|
14,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
19,218,650
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
6,238
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
(13,898
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,457
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-5
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Cash Flows
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
4,476
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
2,632
|
|
|
|
4,664
|
|
|
|
6,257
|
|
|
|
4,335
|
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
2,319
|
|
|
|
3,676
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,693
|
)
|
|
|
(2,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,656
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(3,227
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(5,356
|
)
|
|
|
(5,974
|
)
|
|
|
(8,573
|
)
|
|
|
(7,573
|
)
|
|
|
(8,284
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
Due to/from related parties
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
1,650
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,351
|
)
|
|
|
(646
|
)
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
|
3,596
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
(2,294
|
)
|
|
|
(3,386
|
)
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
2,668
|
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
|
|
4,236
|
|
|
|
9,668
|
|
|
|
15,214
|
|
Prepaid royalties to former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,920
|
)
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
2,584
|
|
|
|
(7,428
|
)
|
Deposit with former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
|
|
7,103
|
|
|
|
12,209
|
|
|
|
18,140
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
(2,387
|
)
|
|
|
(7,406
|
)
|
|
|
(5,136
|
)
|
|
|
(6,015
|
)
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(9,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,620
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,045
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
2,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(9,969
|
)
|
|
|
6,658
|
|
|
|
(7,555
|
)
|
|
|
(5,266
|
)
|
|
|
(6,065
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on notes payable and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(2,306
|
)
|
|
|
(1,179
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
|
|
(1,165
|
)
|
Repayment on line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
Proceeds from line of credit and other debt obligations
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
Repayment of Institute Note Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,250
|
)
|
Net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock
|
|
|
4,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from related party payable on preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
Redemptions of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to members and dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(497
|
)
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts paid related to initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,368
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
16,044
|
|
|
|
(1,676
|
)
|
|
|
9,301
|
|
|
|
(1,079
|
)
|
|
|
(13,058
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(897
|
)
|
|
|
11,782
|
|
|
|
8,849
|
|
|
|
5,864
|
|
|
|
(983
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
2,579
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
23,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
20,225
|
|
|
$
|
22,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
$
|
2,523
|
|
|
$
|
2,645
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
3,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
4,964
|
|
|
$
|
3,803
|
|
|
$
|
2,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment through capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
858
|
|
|
$
|
5,945
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
|
$
|
2,481
|
|
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock and
Series C preferred stock for notes receivable
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of senior secured notes to Series A convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of membership interest into common stock
|
|
|
8,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receipt of marketable securities for Series B convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C preferred stock for settlement of
balances owed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of dividends on Series B and C preferred
stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
791
|
|
Value assigned to Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
2,996
|
|
Assumption of future obligations under gift annuities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
Deferred tax on repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,316
|
)
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data)
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the Company) was
formed in Delaware in November 2003 as a limited liability
company, under the name Significant Education, LLC, for the
purpose of acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University from
a non-profit foundation on February 2, 2004. On
August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation and changed its name to
Significant Education, Inc. On May 9, 2008, the Company
changed its name to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. The Company is
a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in its core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to online
programs, the Company offers courses at its campus in Phoenix,
Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. The Company
is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
All references in the notes to the financial statements
regarding per share information have been restated to their
equivalent based on the conversion of the membership units of
Significant Education, LLC into shares of common stock of
Significant Education, Inc.
The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements as of
September 30, 2008 and for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 2007 and 2008 have been prepared in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles, consistent in all material respects with those
applied in the accompanying audited financial statements as of
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007, except for certain
new accounting standards adopted on January 1, 2008 as
further described in Note 2, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies, Income Taxes and New Accounting
Standards. Such interim financial information is unaudited
but reflects all adjustments that in the opinion of management
are necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods
presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of
results for a full year.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Formation
and Transactions with Former Owner
On January 29, 2004, the Company entered into an asset
purchase agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with the
Grand Canyon University Institute for Advanced Studies (the
Institute or former owner), an Arizona
nonprofit corporation, pursuant to which the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets (excluding the ground
campus and related buildings) of Grand Canyon University (the
University), including all accreditations,
licensures, and approvals necessary to offer its ground and
online education programs. In consideration for the purchase of
such assets, the Company paid the Institute $500 in cash,
assumed certain liabilities, and agreed to pay the Institute a
royalty equal to 5% of the revenue generated by the Company
through its online education program for each year in the period
2004 through 2008 and 4% for each year thereafter, in perpetuity
(the Royalty Agreement). The consideration paid and
liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the assets
acquired by $2,941 which was recorded as goodwill. The
transaction closed on February 2, 2004 at which time the
Company commenced its operations.
On June 25, 2004, the Company entered into an ancillary
agreement (the Ancillary Agreement) with the
Institute, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase the
ground campus and related buildings (the Campus)
excluding one building and the underlying real estate, from the
Institute for the following consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
$26,750 in cash;
|
|
|
|
the assumption of a $1,500 note payable to a third party (the
Kirksville Note);
|
F-7
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by the Company to the Institute of a warrant (the
Institute Warrant) to purchase a 10.0% non-dilutable
equity interest in the Company for an exercise price of $1
during a one month period beginning in July 1, 2011 subject
to a right for the Company to repurchase the warrant at any time
prior to its exercise for $6,000.
|
The value of the warrant was estimated at $420 which
approximates 10% of the estimated fair value of the Company at
the date of grant and was included as a component of the cost of
the campus and related buildings.
In connection with the Ancillary Agreement, (i) the Company
assigned its right to purchase the Campus to Spirit Finance
Acquisitions, LLC (Spirit), (ii) following such
assignment, Spirit acquired the Campus from the Institute for
cash, (iii) Spirit leased the Campus to the Company under a
long-term lease (the Spirit Lease) in connection
with which the Company issued to Spirit a warrant, and
(iv) the Institute loaned the Company $1,250 payable
over seven years (the Institute Loan).
Shortly after the completion of the acquisition, the Company and
the Institute became involved in certain disputes, with the
Company alleging breaches of representations and warranties
concerning the Universitys operations, its compliance with
Department of Education regulations, and the Institutes
failure to adequately disclose liabilities in the Purchase
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreement. In addition, the Company
withheld payment of amounts due under the Royalty Agreement and
the Institute Loan. At December 31, 2007, the Company had
withheld payment of approximately $7,428 in payments due under
the Royalty Agreement and approximately $840 of principal and
interest payments under the Institute Loan. As a result of these
disputes, the Company commenced legal proceedings in March 2006
and the Institute brought counterclaims.
In September 2007, the Company and the Institute entered into a
standstill agreement pursuant to which they agreed to stay all
legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In accordance
with the terms of the standstill agreement, the Company made an
initial non-refundable, non-creditable $3,000 payment to the
Institute and received an option to pay an additional $19,500 to
the Institute by April 15, 2008, which would serve, in its
entirety, as consideration for:
|
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of all past royalties due to the
Institute under the Royalty Agreement and the elimination of the
existing obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues
in perpetuity;
|
|
|
|
the repurchase of the Institute Warrant;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition by the Company of the real property and related
building located on the Campus that was owned by the Institute
and not transferred in connection with the Ancillary Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to which the
Institute leased office space on the Campus;
|
|
|
|
the assumption by the Company of all future payment obligations
in respect to certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of the $1,250 Institute Loan (including
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).
|
On April 15, 2008, the Company exercised its option and
paid the additional $19,500 to the Institute and the Institute
relinquished any and all rights it had to be involved in Grand
Canyon University, and all parties released any and all claims
they may have had against the other parties.
F-8
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Accounting
for the April 15, 2008 Settlement of the Standstill
Agreement
The following table provides a tabular depiction of the
Companys allocation of the $22,500 total payment to the
Institute to each of the assets acquired, obligations settled,
and liabilities assumed, based on the Companys fair value
estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Initial Payment
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
Optional Payment
|
|
|
19,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment to be allocated
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) Obligations settled
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued royalties due under Royalty Agreement (as of
April 15, 2008)
|
|
$
|
8,730
|
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Repayment of Institute Loan, including accrued interest
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
Other amounts due to the Institute
|
|
|
327
|
|
2) Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
Assumption of gift annuities obligation, at fair value
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
3) Cost to be allocated to assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
Real property and prepaid royalty asset
|
|
|
6,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value estimates
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, the total payment was applied
to the following items, in the order indicated: (1) to
satisfy all past royalties due to the Institute; (2) to
redeem the Institute Warrant, based on the original terms of
such warrant; (3) to satisfy a loan provided by the
Institute, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
and (4) to satisfy other amounts due to the Institute.
The standstill agreement also required the Company to assume
future payment obligations in respect of certain gift annuities
made to the school by donors prior to the acquisition, which
represents a liability assumed under the standstill agreement
and was recognized based on the fair value of such annuities at
the option exercise date.
The remaining $6,073 of the total payment was allocated to the
remaining acquired assets based on their individual fair value
relative to the total fair value of those assets. The Company
recognized the real property (i.e., land) and related
building acquired from the Institute in the transaction as an
asset at the option exercise date and these assets totaling $129
and $24, respectively, have been classified within
Property and Equipment on the Companys balance
sheet at September 30, 2008.
The $5,920 value of the settlement of future royalty payment
obligations to the Institute was determined based on its
relative fair value at the option exercise date and is included
in the accompanying balance sheet at September 30, 2008 as
a Prepaid Royalty, and will be amortized over a
period of 20 years.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
F-9
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made
to the prior year balances to conform to the current period.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company invests cash in excess of current operating
requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money
market instruments. The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with maturities of three months or less at the time
of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash and Investments
The Company owns certain marketable securities that are pledged
as collateral for a Standby Letter of Credit as further
described in Note 4. The Company considers its investments
in such marketable securities as available-for-sale securities,
in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities. Available-for-sale investments are carried at
fair value as determined by quoted market prices, with
unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate
component of stockholders deficit. Unrealized losses
considered to be other-than-temporary are recognized currently
in earnings. The cost of securities sold is based on the
specific identification method. Amortization of premiums,
accretion of discounts, interest and dividend income and
realized gains and losses are included in investment income.
Because these investments are pledged as collateral, the Company
classifies all such amounts as long term assets.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and line of credit approximate
their fair value based on the liquidity or the short-term
maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of notes
payable and capital lease obligations approximate fair value
based upon market interest rates available to the Company for
debt of similar risk and maturities.
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS
No. 157), establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy
gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets
for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the
lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).
At September 30, 2008 the fair value of municipal and
U.S. agency securities were determined using Level 1
of the hierarchy of valuation inputs, with the use of observable
market prices in the active market. The unit of account used for
valuation is the individual underlying security. The municipal
securities are comprised of city and county bonds related to
schools, water and sewer, and housing bonds. The
U.S. agency securities are comprised of Fannie Mae and
Federal Home Loan Bank bonds. Because these securities held by
the Company are investments, assessment of non-performance risk
is not applicable as such considerations are only applicable in
evaluating the fair value measurements for liabilities.
The fair value of the prepaid royalty asset related to the
settlement of future royalty payment obligations to the
Institute was determined using an income approach, based on
managements forecasts of revenue to be generated through
its online education program using Level 3 of the hierarchy
of valuation inputs. The rate utilized to discount net cash
flows to their present values is 35%. This discount rate was
determined after consideration of the Companys weighted
average cost of capital giving effect to estimates of the
Companys risk-free rate, beta coefficient, equity risk
premium, small size risk premium, and company-specific risk
premium.
F-10
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of its students to make required payments. The Company
determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts
based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience and
the aging of the accounts receivable. The Company writes-off
account receivable balances deemed uncollectible on a regular
basis. However, the Company continues to reflect accounts
receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management
believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative expense
in the statement of operations.
See also Note 3, Restatement of Financial
Statements, for the discussion of the restatement to the
allowance for doubtful accounts.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line
method. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures that materially extend the useful life of an asset
are capitalized. Construction in progress represents items not
yet placed in service and are not depreciated. The Company
capitalizes interest pursuant to SFAS No. 34,
Capitalization of Interest Costs. The Company used its
interest rates on the specific borrowings used to finance the
improvements, which approximated 8.7% in 2006, 2007, and 2008
given the amount of the specific debt exceeded the in process
value of the project at all times. The Company did not have any
projects that required it to capitalize interest cost in 2005.
Interest cost capitalized and incurred in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Interest incurred
|
|
$
|
3,098
|
|
|
$
|
2,925
|
|
|
$
|
3,102
|
|
|
$
|
2,331
|
|
|
$
|
2,257
|
|
Interest capitalized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
3,098
|
|
|
$
|
2,827
|
|
|
$
|
2,975
|
|
|
$
|
2,236
|
|
|
$
|
2,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Household improvements and
furniture and fixtures, computer equipment, and vehicles have
estimated useful lives of 10, four, and, five years,
respectively. Buildings are under 20 year capital leases.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used
is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset
to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated
by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the
assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market
value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible
assets. Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if
circumstances indicate potential
F-11
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
impairment, by comparing its fair value to its carrying amount
as defined by SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets.
The determination of whether or not goodwill is impaired
involves significant judgment. Although the Company believes its
goodwill is not impaired, changes in strategy or market
conditions could significantly impact these judgments and may
require future adjustments to the carrying amount of goodwill.
Income
Taxes
On August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation. For all periods subsequent
to such date, the Company has been and will continue to be
subject to corporate-level U.S. federal and state
income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes as
prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the
asset and liability method to compute the differences between
the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related
financial amounts using currently enacted tax laws.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a
more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to
periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to
the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from
courses taught by the Company online, at its traditional campus
in Phoenix, Arizona, and onsite at facilities of employers.
Tuition revenue is recognized monthly over the applicable period
of instruction, net of scholarships provided by the Company. If
a student withdraws prior to the end of the third week of a
semester, the Company will refund all or a portion of tuition
already paid pursuant to its refund policy. Deferred revenue and
student deposits in any period represent the excess of tuition,
fees, and other student payments received as compared to amounts
recognized as revenue on the statement of operations and are
reflected as current liabilities in the accompanying balance
sheet. The Companys educational programs have starting and
ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at
the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. Textbook sales and
other revenues are recognized as sales occur or services are
performed and represent less than 10% of total revenues.
Instructional
Costs and Services
Instructional cost and services consist primarily of costs
related to the administration and delivery of the Companys
educational programs. This expense category includes salaries
and benefits for full-time and adjunct faculty and
administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty,
information technology costs, curriculum and new program
development costs (which are expensed as incurred) and costs
associated with other support groups that provide services
directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services,
primarily at the Companys Phoenix, Arizona campus.
F-12
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Selling
and Promotional
Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits
of personnel engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and
retention of students, as well as advertising costs associated
with purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and
producing marketing materials. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to selling and promotional activities at the
Companys facilities in Phoenix, Arizona and Orem, Utah.
Selling and promotional costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising costs, which include marketing leads, events, and
promotional materials for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 were $3,423, $4,674, and $10,213
respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30,
2007 and 2008 were $7,052 and $13,656, respectively.
The Company is party to revenue share arrangements with related
parties pursuant to which it pays a percentage of the net
revenue that it actually receives from applicants recruited by
those entities that matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The
related party bears all costs associated with the recruitment of
these applicants. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, the Company expensed approximately $2,839,
$3,742, and $4,293, respectively, and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 and 2008, $3,120 and $4,323,
respectively, pursuant to these arrangements. As of
December 31, 2006 and 2007, and as of the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, $475, $416, and $1,534, respectively,
were due to these related parties.
General
and Administrative
General and administrative expenses include salaries and
benefits of employees engaged in corporate management, finance,
human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions.
General and administrative expenses also include bad debt
expense, as well as an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the departments
providing general and administrative functions.
Royalty
to Former Owner
In connection with the February 2, 2004 acquisition of the
assets of Grand Canyon University from a non-profit foundation,
the Company entered into a royalty fee arrangement with the
former owner in which the Company agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by its online programs. In
early 2005, in connection with a dispute with the former owner,
the Company continued to accrue but did not pay the royalty. As
of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had accrued an
aggregate of $3,646 and $7,428, respectively, in such payments,
which amounts are included in royalty to former
owner in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company
settled all future royalty obligations with the former owner in
April 2008 as described above under Formation and
Transactions with Former Owner. The royalties accrued
through April 2008 were applied against the payments made to the
former owner.
Insurance/Self-Insurance
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance
for a number of risks, including claims related to employee
health care, workers compensation, general liability, and
business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks
are estimated based on, among other things, historical claims
experience, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions.
The Companys loss exposure related to self-insurance is
limited by stop loss coverage on a per occurrence and aggregate
basis. Expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while
the Company believes the amounts accrued are adequate, the
ultimate loss may differ from the amounts provided.
F-13
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Company may extend credit for tuition to some students. A
substantial portion is repaid through the students
participation in federally funded financial aid programs.
Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to the
Company are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Education (Department of Education) requirements. A
majority of the Companys revenues are derived from tuition
financed under the Title IV programs of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended (the Higher Education
Act). The financial aid and assistance programs are
subject to political and budgetary considerations and are
subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Companys
administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by
various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be
the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions
including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through
a Department of Education prescribed application and eligibility
certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally
made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout
their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically
apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs
first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are
distributed directly to the student.
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income
The only item of accumulated other comprehensive income relates
to unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable
securities at December 31, 2006 and 2007, which totaled $35
(net of taxes of $23) and $79 (net of taxes of $52),
respectively, and which totaled $11 (net of taxes of $7) at
September 30, 2008.
Segment
Information
The Company operates as a single educational delivery operation
using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and
educational delivery needs of both its ground and online
students regardless of geography. The Companys chief
operating decision maker manages the Companys operations
as a whole and no expense or operating income information is
generated or evaluated on any component level.
New
Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, which
provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure
assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 establishes a
common definition of fair value, provides a framework for
measuring fair value under U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles and expands disclosure requirements about
fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
financial statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Companys adoption of SFAS No. 157 had
no material impact on its financial position or results of
operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of
SFAS No. 159 had no material impact on the
Companys financial position or results of operations.
F-14
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Restatement
of Financial Statements
|
During the six month period ended June 30, 2008, the
Company concluded that a significant increase in its allowance
for doubtful accounts was required. A portion of the increase
has been determined to be the correction of an error from prior
periods and thus the accompanying financial statements have been
restated to reflect this increase. This error occurred in prior
years because the Company did not properly consider all
available information related to its actual collection and
write-off experience. Accordingly, the Company has restated its
allowances for doubtful accounts for all prior periods presented
to reflect the increase in bad debts for these prior periods
after additional analysis in 2008 of $1,933, $1,794, and $2,352
in each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007 respectively. In addition, the Company made an error in the
accounting for the shares to be issued to Blanchard under the
License Agreement as discussed in Note 11 to the Financial
Statements. The correction of this error resulted in an increase
in prepaid royalties and paid-in capital of $282 and $116 in
2006 and 2007, respectively, and the recognition of $36 of
amortization expense in 2007. The Company also determined that
it had made an error in the accounting for deferred taxes at the
date of conversion from a limited liability company to a
corporation. The correction of this error resulted in an
increase in the income tax benefit for the year ended
December 31, 2005 of $761.
Below is a summary of the impact of the restatement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
8,525
|
|
|
$
|
4,798
|
|
|
$
|
13,193
|
|
|
$
|
7,114
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
25,339
|
|
|
|
23,036
|
|
|
|
46,046
|
|
|
|
42,314
|
|
Prepaid royalties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
Common stock
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
7,671
|
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
7,321
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(10,479
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
F-15
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
$
|
54,760
|
|
|
$
|
56,697
|
|
|
$
|
67,279
|
|
|
$
|
69,069
|
|
|
$
|
92,499
|
|
|
$
|
94,981
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
Earnings (loss), per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Restricted
Cash and Investments
|
The following is a summary of amounts included in Restricted
cash and investments. The Company considers all investments as
available for sale;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
567
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,166
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
2,924
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,924
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,373
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in
Municipal Securities were caused by interest rate increases. The
cash flows of the Agency instruments are guaranteed by an agency
of the U.S. government while Municipal Securities are
backed by the issuing municipalitys credit worthiness.
Contractual maturities of the marketable securities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
359
|
|
|
$
|
2,924
|
|
Due in one to five years
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
Due in five to ten years
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
1,567
|
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
$
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of
available-for-sale securities were $0 for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and $111 for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively the net
unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities were $0,
$35, and $44, net of tax effect, respectively, and $(68), net of
tax effect, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
|
|
5.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Buildings under capital lease
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
Equipment under capital leases
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
3,974
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,369
|
|
|
|
8,073
|
|
|
|
11,206
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
5,225
|
|
|
|
9,515
|
|
|
|
12,528
|
|
Other
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
1,233
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
2,757
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,232
|
|
|
|
42,211
|
|
|
|
50,671
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(8,362
|
)
|
|
|
(11,687
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
29,017
|
|
|
$
|
33,849
|
|
|
$
|
38,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property
and equipment, including assets under capital lease, totaled
$1,849, $2,298, and $3,270 for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and $2,294 and $3,356 for
the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008.
F-17
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
1,569
|
|
|
$
|
3,775
|
|
|
$
|
7,172
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
4,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,044
|
|
|
$
|
6,893
|
|
|
$
|
12,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Financing
Arrangements
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company had a line of credit with
a bank that provided for borrowings of up to $6,000. The line
was intended to provide funding for operations as needed and was
collateralized by equipment and fixtures owned by the Company.
The interest rate on the line was equal to LIBOR plus 2.0% (6.8%
as of December 31, 2007). As of December 31, 2007 the
amount outstanding under this line of credit was $6,000. The
line of credit was paid in full in February 2008 and terminated
in May 2008.
During 2004, the Company entered into the Spirit Lease. In
connection with the Spirit Lease, the Company is required to
maintain a $2,000 letter of credit in favor of Spirit. The
letter of credit is secured by a pledge of certain Company
assets that are included in Restricted cash and investments in
the accompanying balance sheet. In conjunction with the terms of
the Spirit Lease, Spirit provided the Company with funding to be
used for certain leasehold and other capital improvements. At
December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the Company
was obligated to spend $2,287 and $1,258, respectively, by July
2010 on such improvements.
|
|
8.
|
Notes
Payable and Capital Lease Obligations
|
Notes payable and capital lease obligations consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease for buildings (monthly payments of $301 at an
implicit interest rate of 8.7% through 2024)
|
|
$
|
29,161
|
|
|
$
|
28,451
|
|
|
$
|
30,319
|
|
Capital leases for equipment (various leases extending into
2012, with implicit interest rates ranging from 7.4% to 9.3%,
monthly payments totaling $35)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
30,775
|
|
Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,779
|
|
|
$
|
28,078
|
|
|
$
|
29,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institute Loan; 8 quarterly payments of $60 through June 2006
and $120 for 20 quarters through June 2011; implicit interest at
23.6%
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Kirksville Note; monthly payments of $20; interest at 3.9%
through September 2011
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
Various Gift Annuities; quarterly payments of $34 extending
through 2018; interest at 10%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
874
|
|
Notes payable for vehicles requiring monthly payments with
interest rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.0% extending into January
2013
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
1,814
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,088
|
|
|
$
|
1,762
|
|
|
$
|
1,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Spirit Lease provides the Company with the use of the campus
land and buildings for a term of twenty years and provides the
Company with four options to extend the term of the lease term
for five year periods through 2044. In accordance with SFAS
No. 13, Accounting for Leases, the lease of the
campus land was treated as an operating lease and the lease of
the buildings was treated as a capital lease. The lease includes
scheduled
bi-annual
adjustments based on the lesser of 5.0% or 125% of the change in
the Consumer Price Index. Under the original lease terms, Spirit
provided an advance to make tenant improvements of $6,250 that
were received in 2004 and 2005. Through December 31, 2007
and September 30, 2008, the Company had expended $3,963 and
$4,992, respectively, of the amounts advanced for approved
capital improvement projects, and is required to spend the
remaining amounts through 2010. In June 2006, Spirit agreed to
provide an additional $5,800 of lease funding for tenant
improvements. Through December 31, 2007, the Company has
expended $4,555 and utilized $3,589 of the tenant improvement
funds. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has expended
and utilized an additional $1,157 and $761, respectively,
leaving $88 in available funding. The lease provides the Company
with an option to purchase the property at the greater of fair
value or Spirits total investment in the property.
F-19
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Payments due under the notes payable and future minimum lease
payments under the capital lease obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
3,744
|
|
|
$
|
646
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,544
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
2011
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
34,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,462
|
|
|
$
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Portion representing interest
|
|
|
23,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates
through 2023. Future minimum lease payments under operating
leases due each year are as follows at December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,203
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2,153
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,003
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
20,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments
|
|
$
|
30,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense and related taxes and operating expenses
under operating leases for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006 and 2007 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 and 2008 was $2,052, $2,136, $2,260,
$1,571 and $1,663, respectively.
Legal
Matters
On February 28, 2007, the Company filed a complaint against
SunGard Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa
County Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to technology services
agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted
the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to arbitrate.
SunGard has also
F-20
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
counterclaimed alleging breach of contract relating to the
parties technology services agreement. Following
discovery, the arbitration occurred in late May 2008 and final
arguments were heard in July 2008. See Note 17 SunGard
Arbitration Settlement (unaudited).
From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. When
the Company is aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses
the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the
loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be
reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the
specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is
reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. With
respect to the majority of pending litigation matters, the
Companys ultimate legal and financial responsibility, if
any, cannot be estimated with certainty and, in most cases, any
potential losses related to those matters are not considered
probable. The Company has reserved approximately $750 for losses
related to litigation and asserted claims where the
Companys ultimate exposure is considered probable and the
potential loss can be reasonably estimated, which is classified
within accrued liabilities on the accompanying balance sheet as
of December 31, 2007.
Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, the Company may
incur charges in excess of presently established reserves.
Management does not believe that any such charges would,
individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect
on the Companys financial condition, results of operations
or cash flows.
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing
net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share reflects
the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities,
consisting of preferred stock and common stock warrants for
which the estimated fair value exceeds the exercise price, less
shares which could have been purchased with the related
proceeds, unless anti-dilutive. Contingently issuable stock,
such as issuances to Blanchard Education, LLC (as discussed in
Note 11), is also included in the diluted shares
computation if enrollment levels have been attained, unless
anti-dilutive. For 2005, diluted earnings (loss) per common
share is computed on the same basis as basic earnings (loss) per
common share, as the inclusion of potential common shares
outstanding would be anti-dilutive.
The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding on an as if converted basis
used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common
share. For 2005, the basic and diluted common shares outstanding
is computed by the weighted average membership units outstanding
prior to the Companys conversion to a corporation, on a
converted basis as if the conversion to a
F-21
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
corporation occurred on January 1, 2005 combined with the
weighted number of shares of common stock outstanding after the
conversion to a corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Month Period
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic common shares outstanding
|
|
|
18,469,990
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
18,922,838
|
|
|
|
18,884,887
|
|
|
|
19,132,681
|
|
Effect of dilutive preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,494,788
|
|
|
|
12,393,062
|
|
|
|
12,449,668
|
|
|
|
10,870,178
|
|
Effect of dilutive warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,509,572
|
|
|
|
3,805,384
|
|
|
|
3,824,845
|
|
|
|
2,068,987
|
|
Effect of contingently issuable common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,912
|
|
|
|
30,210
|
|
|
|
25,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted common shares outstanding
|
|
|
18,469,990
|
|
|
|
36,857,810
|
|
|
|
35,143,196
|
|
|
|
35,189,610
|
|
|
|
32,097,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average securities that could potentially dilute
earnings per share in the future that are not included above as
they are anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
4,267,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
Preferred
Stock and Equity Transactions
|
Preferred
Stock
As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the
following series of preferred stock have been authorized:
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred
stock (the Series A) purchase agreement on
August 24, 2005. The holders of Series A are entitled
to vote and to receive dividends, when and as declared by the
board of directors from time to time, in each case on an
as-converted to common stock basis. The Series A was
originally convertible into common stock on a one for one basis.
The shares of Series A may convert into common stock at any
time at the option of the holder thereof at the then applicable
conversion rate, and all shares of Series A automatically
convert into common stock at the then applicable conversion rate
upon the consummation of a registered initial public offering
that results in net cash proceeds to the Company (after
deducting applicable underwriting discounts and commissions) of
not less than $30,000 and that has an
F-22
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
offering price per share to the public of not less than $5 (as
adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations
and similar actions) (a qualified public offering).
In the event of liquidation, or a change in control, as defined,
the holders of the Series A are entitled to receive in
preference to holders, other than holders of Series B
preferred stock (the Series B) and Series C
preferred stock (the Series C), any distributions of
the assets of the Company equal to three times the original
purchase price of the shares, or $9,702 per share, subject to
certain adjustments.
On, or at any time, or from time to time, after
February 24, 2009 and before August 24, 2009, each
holder of the Series A may offer to the Company in writing
the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of such holders
outstanding shares of the Series A during the six month
period following the Companys receipt of such offer for
value greater than the then current liquidation value or fair
value as determined by an independent appraisal or public
market. A majority of the board of directors (excluding the
members of the board who are holders of the
Series A) may accept or reject the offer. If the board
of directors chooses not to redeem the Series A during this
optional redemption period, then the holders of a majority of
the Series A may, at their option, take voting control of
the Company, pursuant to which, in any vote by the holders of
the common stock, the holders of the Series A shall be
deemed to have that number of votes, on an as-converted to
common stock basis, necessary to comprise a majority of the
common stock entitled to vote on such matter.
During 2005, the Company issued 1,624 shares of
Series A and received net proceeds of $4,610. Additionally,
the Company converted $14,000 of principal on senior secured
promissory notes into 4,329 shares of Series A.
Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock
On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into a
Series B preferred stock purchase agreement. The holders of
Series B were entitled to receive, in preference to the
holders of Series A, when and as declared by the board of
directors, cumulative dividends at a rate of 12.0% per year,
less the amount of any dividends actually paid. Such dividends
accrued whether or not declared by the board of directors, and
whether or not there were funds legally available to pay
dividends. The Series B was originally convertible into
Series A on a one for one basis and is non-voting.
On December 31, 2005 the Company issued 2,163 shares
Series B and received net proceeds of $6,980 in the form of
a stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. On November 6, 2006, the Company
redeemed 1,298 shares of the Series B for an aggregate
redemption price of $4,200 plus accrued and unpaid dividends of
$286. Dividends of $241 on the remaining shares of Series B
were declared by the board of directors of which $213 were paid
as of December 31, 2006. During 2007, the Company declared
$320 of dividends on the Series B of which $153 was paid
with the remaining balance accrued for as dividends payable. The
remaining 865 shares of Series B were exchanged for
800 shares of Series C on December 17, 2007. The
fair value of the shares of Series C issued in exchange for
such shares of Series B was equal to the carrying amount of
the shares of Series B at the date of the exchange. As of
December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, no shares of
Series B remain outstanding.
Series C
Preferred Stock
On December 18, 2007, the Company entered into a
Series C preferred stock purchase agreement and
subscription agreement. The holders of Series C are
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the all
other classes of stock, when and as declared by the board of
directors or upon a liquidation event, cumulative dividends at a
rate of 8.0% per year, less the amount of any dividends actually
paid. Such dividends accrue whether or not declared by the board
of directors, whether or not there are funds legally available
to pay dividends, and compound on an annual basis. In the event
of liquidation, or a change in control, as defined,
F-23
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
the holders of the Series C are entitled to receive, in
preference to all other shareholders, any distributions of the
assets of the Company equal to two times the original purchase
price of the shares, or $7,000 per share, subject to certain
adjustments, plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends. The
Series C is non-voting.
On December 18, 2007 the Company issued 1,359 shares
of Series C stock and received net proceeds of $4,720 in
cash and a subscription receivable of $5,725 for the remaining
1,636 shares, which were paid for and issued in January
2008. Additionally, the Company issued 34 shares of
Series C in consideration for amounts owed to one of the
Series B stockholders and converted 865 shares of
Series B for 800 shares of Series C as noted
above. Cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series C were
$29 at December 31, 2007.
In May 2008, the board of directors and stockholders of the
Company authorized an amendment to be made to the Companys
certificate of incorporation that provides for the Series C
preferred stock to convert automatically into common stock upon
the closing of a qualified public offering. The amendment is
anticipated to be filed, and would become effective, prior to
the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the
qualified public offering. The number of shares of common stock
to be issued upon conversion will be equal to the aggregate
liquidation preference of the Series C preferred stock
divided by the public offering price of the common stock.
Common
Stock
On August 24, 2005, in connection with its conversion from
a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company issued
and exchanged one share of common stock to its membership
holders in exchange for each 182,600 of their previously
outstanding membership units in the limited liability company.
Concurrently, the Company also issued 593,450 shares of
common stock to a prospective investor in settlement of a legal
action. Each share of the Companys common stock is
entitled to one vote. All shares of common stock rank equally as
to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have
no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking
fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment,
and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Subject to the
prior rights of holders of preferred stock, the holders of
common stock are entitled to share ratably in any dividends and
in any assets remaining upon liquidation after satisfaction of
the rights of the holders of preferred stock.
In June 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with
Blanchard relating to the Companys use of the Ken
Blanchard name for its College of Business. Under the terms of
that agreement the Company agreed to issue to Blanchard up to
909,348 shares of common stock with the actual number
issued to be contingent upon the Companys achievement of
stated enrollment levels in its College of Business during the
term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2006, the Company
deemed it probable that 182,600 shares would be earned and,
as of August 15, 2007, those 182,600 shares were
earned and due to Blanchard under this agreement, On May 9,
2008, the Company and Blanchard amended the terms of the
agreement pursuant to which Blanchard was issued
365,200 shares of the Companys common stock in full
settlement of all shares owed and contingently owed under this
agreement. The fair value of the shares issued to Blanchard as
part of the license agreement of $3,394 was determined at the
date it became probable that shares would then be earned and
then adjusted until the date the shares were earned. This amount
is included in the balance sheet as a component of Prepaid
Royalty and will be amortized through operations as an
expense over the remaining term of the license agreement.
Warrants
to Purchase Common Stock
On June 25, 2004, the Company issued a warrant to the
Institute (the Institute Warrant) to purchase a
10.0% non-dilutive membership interest (later amended to be
common stock), at an exercise price of $1. The Institute Warrant
was to have been exercisable for a one month period beginning on
July 1, 2011. The
F-24
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Company had the right to repurchase the Institute Warrant prior
to the exercise period for $6,000. On April 15, 2008 the
Institute Warrant was repurchased with the execution of the
settlement discussed in Note 2. The repurchase was
accounted for as a reduction of equity, net of related tax
benefit of $2,316.
On June 28, 2004, the Company issued to Spirit a warrant to
purchase a 5.0% membership interest in common stock of the
Company (the Spirit Warrant) for $526, as adjusted
to be 909,348 shares of common stock in conjunction with
the conversion to a corporation. The Spirit Warrant is
exercisable from January 1, 2005 through June 28, 2024
(the last day of the Spirit lease term). The Spirit Warrant, and
any shares issuable upon exercise of the Spirit Warrant, are
subject to repurchase at a fixed price of $16,000 at any time
prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Spirit
Warrant or three years after the Spirit Warrant is exercised.
This repurchase option may be exercised in whole or in part,
first, by the group of stockholders that constitute the former
holders of the Companys membership interests and, second,
if they do not exercise the option upon the occurrence of
certain liquidity transactions, including an underwritten public
offering that results in net cash proceeds of not less than
$30,000, by the Company. As of December 31, 2007 and
September 30, 2008, the warrant had not been exercised nor
had any of the repurchase rights been executed.
Investor
Rights Agreement
The Company is a party to an investor rights agreement with
certain of its investors, pursuant to which the Company has
granted those persons or entities the right to register shares
of common stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act). Certain of the
holders of these rights are entitled to demand that the Company
register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act,
while others are entitled to piggyback registration
rights in which they may require the Company to include their
shares of common stock in future registration statements that
may be filed, either for its own account or for the account of
other security holders exercising registration rights. In
addition, after an initial public offering, certain of these
holders have the right to request that their shares of common
stock be registered on a
Form S-3
registration statement so long as the anticipated aggregate
sales price of such registered shares as of the date of filing
of the
Form S-3
registration statement is at least $1,000. The foregoing
registration rights are subject to various conditions and
limitations, including the right of underwriters of an offering
to limit the number of registrable securities that may be
included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as to
any particular shares on the date on which the holder sells such
shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Company is generally
required to bear all of the expenses of these registrations,
except underwriting commissions, selling discounts, and transfer
taxes.
The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect
the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of
deferred tax liabilities is principally dependent upon
achievement of projected future taxable income. The Company has
no valuation allowance at December 31, 2006 and 2007, or at
September 30, 2008.
F-25
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
$
|
2,221
|
|
|
$
|
2,194
|
|
|
$
|
306
|
|
|
$
|
4,996
|
|
State
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
6,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(3,024
|
)
|
|
|
(1,792
|
)
|
|
|
(1,358
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(2,640
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(669
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(546
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,693
|
)
|
|
|
(2,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,656
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(3,186
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
$
|
529
|
|
|
$
|
1,016
|
|
|
$
|
347
|
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the
U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Recognition of deferred taxes upon charter conversion
|
|
|
(24.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss prior to charter conversion not subject to tax
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non deductible expenses
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(44.5
|
)%
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2007,
and at September 30, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
3,023
|
|
|
$
|
4,981
|
|
|
$
|
6,418
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
7,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
|
|
2,204
|
|
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Redemption of Institute warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,146
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
5,819
|
|
|
$
|
7,446
|
|
|
$
|
12,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB
interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48),
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty
in tax positions. FIN 48 requires that the Company
recognize the impact of a tax position in our financial
statements if that position is more-likely-than-not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the
position.
The adoption of FIN 48 did not result in an adjustment to
opening retained earnings. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. As of September 30, 2008, the unrecognized tax
benefit recorded was approximately $52, which, if reversed,
would impact the effective tax rate. The Companys
uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain
subject to examination by tax authorities. As of
September 30, 2008, the earliest tax year still subject to
examination for federal and state purposes is 2005. During the
second quarter ended June 30, 2008, the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) commenced an examination of our 2005
income tax return.
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and
state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In
particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education subject
the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of
numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to
participate in the various federal student financial assistance
programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the
relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited
by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of
Education and certified as eligible by the Department of
Education. The Department of Education will certify an
institution to participate in the Title IV programs only
after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the
Higher Education Act and the Department of Educations
extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the
Department of Education on an ongoing basis. As of
December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, management
believes the Company is in compliance with the applicable
regulations in all material respects.
F-27
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review
many aspects of an institutions operations in order to
ensure that the training offered is of sufficiently high quality
to achieve satisfactory outcomes, and that the institution is
complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate
compliance with accrediting standards may result in the
imposition of probation or Show Cause orders, or the
requirements of periodic reports, and ultimately the loss of
accreditation if deficiencies are not remediated.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. Congress must reauthorize the student
financial assistance programs of the Higher Education Act
approximately every five to six years. The last comprehensive
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act took place in 1998,
and it has been temporarily extended several times since then.
Congress has been considering a comprehensive reauthorization of
the Higher Education Act.
A significant component of Congress initiative to reduce
abuse in the Title IV programs has been the imposition of
limitations on institutions whose former students default on the
repayment of their federally guaranteed or funded student loans
above specific rates (cohort default rate). Although the Company
is not obligated to repay any of its students or former
students defaults on payments of their federally
guaranteed student loans, if such default rates equal or exceed
25% for three consecutive years, the institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in, and its students will be denied
access to, the federally guaranteed and funded student loan
programs and the Federal Pell Grant program. An institution
whose cohort default rate for any federal fiscal year exceeds
40% may have its eligibility to participate in all of the
Title IV programs limited, suspended or terminated by the
Department of Education.
All institutions participating in the Title IV programs
must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The
Department of Education evaluates institutions for compliance
with these standards each year, based on the institutions
annual audited financial statements, and also following a change
in ownership, as defined by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education calculates the institutions
composite score for financial responsibility based on its
(i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions
capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
(ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the
institutions ability to support current operations from
expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which
measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit.
An institution that does not meet the Department of
Educations minimum composite score may demonstrate its
financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor
of the Department of Education and possibly accepting other
conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company satisfied each of the
Department of Educations standards of financial
responsibility. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the
Company received $69,696 of Title IV funds, out of total
eligible cash receipts of $94,216, resulting in a Title IV
percentage of 74.0%.
Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it,
like other industry participants, may be subject from time to
time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by
governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory
violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of
action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies
or third parties will not undertake investigations or make
claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will
not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, results of operations or financial condition,
management believes it has materially complied with all
regulatory requirements.
|
|
14.
|
Employee
Benefit Plan
|
Effective February 1, 2004 the Company adopted a 401(k)
Defined Contribution Benefit Plan (the Plan). The
Plan provides eligible employees, upon date of hire, with an
opportunity to make tax-deferred
F-28
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
contributions into a long-term investment and savings program.
All employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in
the plan. The Plan allows eligible employees to contribute to
the Plan subject to Internal Revenue Code restrictions and the
Plan allows the Company to make discretionary matching
contributions. No employer contributions were made for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. The Company made
discretionary matching contributions to the plan of $250 for the
year ended December 31, 2007. No matching contribution was
made to the plan during the first nine months of 2007 or 2008.
|
|
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Related party transactions include transactions between the
Company and certain of its shareholders and affiliates. The
following transactions were in the normal course of operations
and were measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of
consideration established and agreed to by the parties.
As of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007, and as of and for the nine months ended September 30,
2008, related party transactions consisted of the following:
Shareholders
Significant Education Holding, LLC (Sig Ed)
At December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, Sig Ed
holds 18,260,000 shares of the Companys common stock.
The Company has not engaged in any transactions with Sig Ed, but
has engaged in certain transactions with members of Sig Ed, as
discussed below.
220 Partners, LLC (220 Partners) 220
Partners, which is affiliated with several entities that hold
membership interests in Sig Ed and a former director of the
Company, received management, consulting fees, and reimbursed
expenses of $299, $299, $0 and $0 in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and in the nine months
ended September 30, 2008, respectively. There were no
amounts due from or payable to 220 Partners at December 31,
2006, and 2007 or at September 30, 2008.
Affiliates of 220 Partners purchased 632 shares of
Series C for $2,212 in 2007, of which $1,409 was due as of
December 31, 2007 and was included in the due from related
parties on the accompanying balance sheet. This amount was paid
January 6, 2008. There were no other amounts due from or
payable to an affiliate of 220 Partners at
December 31, 2006 and 2007 or at September 30, 2008.
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC (Rich Crow)
Members of Rich Crow include the Executive Chairman and General
Counsel of the Company who are also both Directors. Rich Crow
also is a member of Sig Ed. A member of Rich Crow is also
related to the owner of a company that provided marketing
services totaling $454 and $309 in the year ended
December 31, 2007, and the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, respectively, of which $72 and $0 were
owed at December 31, 2007, and September 30, 2008,
respectively.
The Company had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC (Arrowhead), a management company owned by, among
others, irrevocable trust for the benefit of the Companys
Executive Chairman and General Counsel. The Company paid $155,
$0, $0 and $0 for services and reimbursements during the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and the nine
months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
Members of Rich Crow had a $2,000 irrevocable letter of credit
in favor of the Company as discussed further in Note 6.
During 2006, this letter of credit was transferred from Rich
Crow and collateralized by cash of the Company and secured by
the lease facilities of the Company.
Significant Ventures, LLC (Significant
Ventures) Significant Ventures is a member of
Sig Ed. In the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the
Company made payments of $124, $390, $0, and $0, respectively,
to Significant Ventures for services and
F-29
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
reimbursement of expenses. There were no amounts due from or
payable to Significant Ventures as of December 31, 2006,
and 2007 or September 30, 2008.
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, LP, Endeavour Associated Fund IV,
LP, and Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, LP
(Endeavour) Members of the Companys Board
of Directors are also employees of Endeavour. In March 2005, the
Company obtained $14,000 from Endeavour in exchange for the
issuance of senior secured promissory notes. The Company paid
interest of $340 to Endeavour in relation to the notes. On
August 24, 2005, the principal balance on the promissory notes
was exchanged for Series A. The Company also paid Endeavour
management and reimbursed fees of $88, $269, $296, and $288 for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, and the nine
months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. As of
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and September 30, 2008
there were no amounts due from or payable to Endeavour.
Affiliates
Mind Streams, LLC (Mind Streams) and 21st Century, LLC (21st
Century) Mind Streams and 21st Century are
owned and operated, in part, by the father of the Companys
Executive Chairman and General Counsel. See further discussion
in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Selling and Promotional.
Youth In Motion Youth In Motion is owned by
the Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Company. The Company
paid consulting fees and expense reimbursements to Youth In
Motion of $188, $113, $0 and $0 in the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, and the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, respectively. There were no amounts due
from or payable to Youth In Motion at December 31, 2006 and 2007
or September 30, 2008.
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC
(CEE) Members of CEE include the COO of the
Company. The Company paid $607 and $0 of expenses on CEEs
behalf during the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine
months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and was
reimbursed $331, and $4, respectively, and was owed $276 and $0,
respectively, included in due from related parties at December
31, 2007 and September 30, 2008.
|
|
16.
|
Valuation
and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Deductions(1)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
2,632
|
|
|
|
(1,132
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,368
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
4,368
|
|
|
|
4,664
|
|
|
|
(1,652
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,380
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
7,380
|
|
|
|
6,257
|
|
|
|
(1,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,158
|
|
Nine months ended September 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
12,158
|
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
|
|
(1,132
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,327
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries. |
Higher Education Opportunity Act: On
July 31, 2008, Congress passed the Higher Education
Opportunity Act (the 2008 Act), which reauthorized
and made numerous changes to the HEA and its programs. President
Bush signed the 2008 Act on August 14, 2008. The HEA, as
reauthorized and amended
F-30
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
by the 2008 Act, continues the access of the Company and its
students to Title IV funds. In addition, changes made to
the HEA will affect how the Company complies with the
requirement that it receives a certain proportion of its revenue
from other than the Title IV programs and with the cohort
default rate requirement. Prior to the enactment of the 2008
Act, changes made by Congress have expanded the access of the
Company and its students to Title IV funds by increasing
loan limits for first and second year students and lifting
restrictions on on-line education programs and students.
Litigation: On August 14, 2008,
the Office of Inspector General (OIG) served an
administrative subpoena on the Company requiring it to provide
certain records and information related to performance reviews
and salary adjustments for all of its enrollment counselors and
managers from January 1, 2004 to the present. The Company
is cooperating with the Office of Inspector General to
facilitate its investigation, but cannot presently predict the
ultimate outcome of the investigation or any liability or other
sanctions that may result.
On September 11, 2008, the Company was served with a qui
tam lawsuit that had been filed against it in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the
District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf of the
federal government. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation on behalf
of the government. In this case, the qui tam lawsuit was
initially filed under seal in August 2007 and was unsealed and
served on the Company following the governments decision
not to intervene at this time.
Based on information available to date, management does not
believe that the outcome of this proceeding would have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the
outcome of this proceeding is uncertain and the Company cannot
presently predict the ultimate outcome of this case or any
liability or other sanctions that may result.
If it were determined that any of the Companys
compensation practices violated the incentive compensation law,
the Company could be subject to substantial monetary
liabilities, fines, and other sanctions or could suffer monetary
damages if there were to be an adverse outcome in the qui tam
litigation.
Charter Amendment: On
September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors
approved an amendment to the Companys charter to increase
the Companys authorized common stock to 100,000,000 common
shares. This charter amendment was approved by the
Companys stockholders on September 27, 2008 and
became effective on September 29, 2008.
Stock Split: On September 26,
2008, the Companys Board of Directors declared a 1,826 for
one stock split of its outstanding common stock, which became
effective on September 29, 2008. This stock split resulted
in the issuance of approximately 19.2 million additional
shares of common stock and caused the conversion ratio of the
Series A to adjust from a one for one ratio to an 1,826 for
one ratio. All information presented in the accompanying
financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the 1,826 for
one stock split.
Initial Public Offering and Distribution of
Dividends: In 2008, the Company commenced
preparation for an initial public offering. On
September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors
approved the payment of a special distribution to its
stockholders of record as of September 26, 2008 to be paid
from the proceeds of the initial public offering in the amount
of 75% of the gross offering proceeds, if and when it is
completed.
Adoption of Equity Plans: On
September 27, 2008 the Companys stockholders approved
the adoption of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (Incentive
Plan) and the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase
(ESPP).
A total of 4,199,937 shares of our common stock has been
authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This reserve
will automatically increase on a cumulative basis on
January 1, 2009 and each subsequent anniversary through
2017, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) 2.5% of the
number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the
immediately preceding December 31, or (b) a lesser
amount determined by
F-31
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
our board of directors. Shares subject to awards that expire or
are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for
issuance under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan allows for
incentive stock options to be granted to employees and allows
for nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards to be granted to employees, officers, directors or
consultants. Only members of the board of directors who are not
employees at the time of grant will be eligible to participate
in the non-employee director awards component of the Incentive
Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee will
set the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. In the event of
a change in control, as described in the Incentive Plan, the
acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any
awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan or substitute
substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that are not assumed
or continued in connection with a change in control or are not
exercised or settled prior to the change in control will
terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The
compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of
vesting of any or all outstanding awards at its discretion
including, but not limited to, upon a change in control. Upon a
change in control, the vesting of all non-employee director
awards will automatically be accelerated in full. The Incentive
Plan also authorizes the compensation committee, in its
discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel
each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a
change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant
with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an
amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per
share of common stock in the change in control transaction over
the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.
A total of 1,049,984 shares of our common stock has been
authorized for sale under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP will
provide for an automatic annual increase in the number of shares
available for issuance under the plan on January 1 of each year
beginning in 2009 and continuing through and including
January 1, 2017 equal to the lesser of (a) 1.0% of our
then issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the
immediately preceding December 31, or (b) a number of
shares as our board of directors may determine. Our employees,
and the employees of any future parent or subsidiary corporation
or other affiliated entity, will be eligible to participate in
the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us, or such other
entity, if applicable, for more than 20 hours per week and
more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee
may not be granted a right to purchase stock under the ESPP if:
(a) the employee immediately after such grant would own
stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power
or value of all classes of our capital stock, or (b) the
employees rights to purchase stock under the ESPP and
Incentive Plan would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in
value for each calendar year of participation in such plans. The
ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential offering
periods, generally three months in duration beginning on the
first trading days of February, May, August, and November each
year. Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally
through payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase
of shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period
at a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of
an offering period, the compensation committee has been
authorized to change the purchase price discount for that
offering period, but the purchase price may not be less than 85%
of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the
beginning of the offering period or at the end of the offering
period.
SunGard Arbitration Settlement (unaudited): In
connection with the SunGard litigation described in Note 9
above, on October 22, 2008, the arbitration panel awarded
SunGard net damages in the amount of approximately $250 plus
interest. In connection with the settlement, the Company will
also be responsible for paying a share of the related
arbitration expenses. As a result, the Company has reduced its
reserve for litigation by $300 in the nine month period ended
September 30, 2008 given that there is no further legal
recourse for either party and the remaining actions necessary to
settle the matters are administrative in nature.
F-32
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Dividend Distribution (unaudited): On
November 3, 2008, the Companys Board of Directors
approved the revision of the date of record for the possible
special distribution described in Initial Public Offering and
Distribution of Dividends above to November 18, 2008.
|
|
18.
|
Pro Forma
Information (Unaudited)
|
As the special distribution referred to in Note 17
represents distributions to existing shareholders to be made
from the proceeds of an initial public offering, the
accompanying pro forma balance sheet as of September 30,
2008 reflecting the distribution, but not giving effect to the
offering proceeds, is presented. The pro forma
September 30, 2008 balance sheet also assumes conversion of
all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock into 10,870,178 shares of common stock, conversion of
all outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock into
2,061,538 shares of common stock, and that the warrant
holder exercises the option to purchase 909,348 shares of
the Companys common stock (see Note 11).
In addition, as the amount of distribution exceeds net income
for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008, pro
forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, are
presented in the accompanying statements of operations for the
year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2008, giving effect to the number of
shares that would be required to be issued at an assumed initial
public offering price of $13.00 per share to pay the amount
of dividends, net of warrant exercise proceeds, that exceeds net
income for the twelve-month period ended September 30,
2008. The calculations of the pro forma earnings per common
share, basic and diluted, discussed above assume conversion of
all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock into 10,870,178 shares of common stock, conversion of
all outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock into
2,061,538 shares of common stock, and the exercise of the
warrant to purchase 909,348 shares of the Companys
common stock, and are as follows:
Calculation
of number of additional shares to be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders for the year ended
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less net income available to common stockholders for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2007
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Plus net income available to common stockholders for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2008
|
|
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders for the twelve-month
period ended September 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of dividends to be paid, net of proceeds of $526 from the
exercise of the warrant
|
|
|
101,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
$
|
97,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares required to be issued at $13 per share to pay
excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
|
7,481,308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Month
Periods Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Calculation
of pro forma earnings per common share, basic and
diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine-Month Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
historical:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,922,838
|
|
|
|
19,132,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,143,196
|
|
|
|
32,097,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
pro forma:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
40,321,465
|
|
|
|
40,455,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
45,014,803
|
|
|
|
41,722,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34